As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2015
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 3714 | 46-1846791 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(IRS Employer
Identification No.) |
(Address including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Ira A. Rosenberg
Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C. One Riverfront Plaza Newark, NJ 07102 (973) 643-7000 |
Donald Figliulo
Polsinelli, P.C. 161 North Clark Street Chicago, IL 60601 (312) 463-6311 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o | |
Non-accelerated filer
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company x |
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 22, 2015 |
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Unique Fabricating, Inc. We are selling 1,875,000 shares of our common stock.
We expect the public offering price to be between $8.00 and $10.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol UFAB.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, therefore, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the Risk Factors section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Public offering price | $ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discount | $ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1) | $ | $ |
(1) | See Underwriting beginning on page 85 for disclosure regarding compensation payable to the Underwriters by us. |
(2) | Before deducting estimated expenses of $ payable by us. |
(3) | In addition, we have granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to a maximum of 281,250 in additional shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any. |
We have retained Roth Capital Partners and Taglich Brothers, Inc. to act as representatives of the several underwriters for this offering. We have agreed to pay the Underwriters the compensation set forth herein under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Taglich Brothers, Inc. has a conflict of interest in offering our shares of common stock since affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding shares and certain associates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and its affiliates are members of our Board of Directors. Due to this conflict of interest, Roth Capital Partners is acting as a qualified independent underwriter in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. See Conflicts of Interest on page 89 of this prospectus.
The shares are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the right to reject orders in whole or in part. Delivery of the shares will be made on or about , 2015.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Roth Capital Partners | Taglich Brothers, Inc. |
Co-manager
The date of this prospectus is , 2015
Through and including , 2015, (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations about our industry, market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on data from various sources including internal data and estimates as well as third party sources widely available to the public such as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources and on our assumptions based on that data and other similar sources. We did not fund and are not otherwise affiliated with the third party sources that we cite. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable. Internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other
i
contacts in the markets in which we operate and managements understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market, industry and other information included in this prospectus to be the most recently available and to be generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise and we have not independently verified any third-party information or verified that more recent information is not available.
ii
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms Unique Fabricating, Inc., Unique, the company, we, us and our in this prospectus refer to Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our predecessor and, since March 2013, our subsidiary, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and where appropriate, their respective consolidated subsidiaries.
We are engaged in the engineering and manufacture of multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness, commonly referred to as NVH, management, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications. We employ various manufacturing processes including die cutting, thermoforming and compression molding and fusion molding. We manufacture a wide range of products including air management products, heating ventilation and air conditioning, referred to as HVAC, seals, fender stuffers, air ducts, acoustical insulation, door water shields, gas tank pads, light gaskets, topper pads, mirror gaskets and glove box liners. We design and produce innovative solutions for a wide variety of customer problems.
Our principal market served is the North America automotive market, which continues to recover from a 2009 recessionary low point. For 2014, total production of light vehicles in North America was 17.0 million units, a 97.7% increase in total production from the recessionary low point of 8.6 million units in 2009. Additionally, we sell to manufacturers in the heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC markets.
We produce and ship on average over three million parts per day and 800 million parts annually. We sell directly to major automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC companies, referred to throughout this prospectus as original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), or to the Tier 1 suppliers of these OEMs.
For the year ended January 4, 2015, we generated net sales of $126.48 million, of which 80.3% was derived from the North American automotive and heavy duty truck markets and 14.8% from the appliance, water heater and HVAC markets. For the year ended January 4, 2015, approximately 27.6% of our net sales came directly from OEMs in their respective markets and approximately 72.4% of our net sales came from the Tier 1 suppliers in their respective markets.
We are headquartered in Auburn Hills, Michigan and have sales, engineering and manufacturing facilities in Auburn Hills, Michigan, LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Ft. Smith, Arkansas, Murfreesboro, Tennessee, Bryan, Ohio and Monterrey, Mexico.
Our mission is to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH, water and air sealing and other functional and decorative applications. We employ our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives, our engineering and creative resources and rapid response to deliver rapid technical innovation, exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery and competitive costs. We believe the keys to our core competitive strengths are as follows:
Strong technical expertise. We have tremendous depth of expertise and knowledge of materials, adhesives, manufacturing processes and the product applications of our customers. Our understanding of our customers design and performance needs, and how our products interface with their applications allows us to engineer effective product solutions. We believe that our engineering talent, test facilities and rapid prototyping capabilities distinguish us from our competitors and enable us to rapidly innovate and develop products that resolve customers problems, often within 24 to 48 hours. Our ability to rapidly address customer challenges and provide prototype parts that include the use of new materials, products or processes is one of our key competitive strengths.
1
Operational Excellence. We are dedicated to maintaining a culture of continuous improvement. We utilize lean manufacturing techniques such as cellular manufacturing, kaizen process improvement events and process mapping, as well as statistical methods such as Six Sigma Analysis and Design of Experiments to drive productivity and quality improvement. We use quality, delivery and speed-to-market as competitive advantages. Our reputation for high quality, innovative products is attributable to a constant emphasis on engineering, including materials engineering, product and process engineering, and sales engineering, coupled with our dedication to lean manufacturing.
Depth of customer relationships. We have developed long-term relationships with a customer base that we target deliberately, each of which has substantial requirements for NVH, water and air sealing, functional and decorative components. Due to our technical sophistication, raw material and adhesive innovation and rapid responsiveness, we believe we have a reputation with our key customers as the supplier of choice for our core products within the North American automotive and appliance markets. Our sales engineers have developed deep relationships with the technical teams of our key customers. This enables us to become involved early in the design/development stage of new vehicles or appliances, leading to opportunities to introduce new products. In certain situations, we are able to influence the customer design specifications from which new business is awarded.
Key relationships with suppliers. We have long relationships with over 150 raw material and adhesive suppliers. We track new developments in materials, and pursue exclusive relationships with those suppliers that develop innovative raw materials and adhesives. This often leads to Unique having access to new materials for a period of time prior to their introduction to the market in general. For example, this has led to us having exclusive access for our types of products to the only source of recycled polyol for polyurethane in the industry. These recycled materials are opening up opportunities for new product variations that other competitors cannot offer. We constantly collaborate with our suppliers to develop new materials and adhesive combinations that exhibit cost, quality and/or performance enhancement for our customers.
Proximity to key customers. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located to serve the North American automotive and appliance industries. Our primary manufacturing centers are in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and in Mexico. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are within approximately 500 miles of over 80.0% of North American vehicle production, and even closer to major appliance manufacturing locations.
Our business strategy is to be a valued partner in our customers product development and production processes by producing exceptional quality and providing reliable on-time delivery, competitive costs, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. We utilize our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives combined with our engineering development and rapid responsiveness to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.
We have aligned our internal human resources and technical capabilities to take advantage of industry mega trends, such as light weighting, telematics, and reduced energy consumption, which we believe will produce profitable revenue growth opportunities from our existing operations. In addition, our growth plan includes initiatives to develop certain new products and new markets which provide incremental growth opportunities. We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to grow our business and increase profitability by focusing on the following:
Further Penetrate Existing Markets with Existing Products and Processes. We are positioned to gain share and grow in existing markets with our current products and processes, capitalizing on the industrys increasing demand for NVH content coupled with our capabilities, including exclusive proprietary materials sold to existing customers and targeted new customers. We hope to capitalize on our ability to service customers in different geographical locations through our manufacturing facilities in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and in Mexico.
Develop New Products & Processes for Existing Markets. We have developed and earned the reputation as a problem solver to our current customers. As a result, we are in the position to develop complementary products and processes that can be sold to the same purchasing and engineering groups that
2
already do business with us. We work closely with raw material and adhesive suppliers to develop innovative solutions that offer cost and performance improvement. We constantly focus on finding new applications for molded products utilizing thermoforming, compression and fusion molding.
Create New Markets with Existing Products and Processes. While the specific products may vary, we have identified numerous opportunities to sell products fabricated using die cut and molding technology into new markets such as medical and not currently served industrial markets. We have demonstrated the ability to develop cost effective products utilizing various materials. Because of our strategic acquisitions, we are currently developing new products for the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries utilizing our various molding technologies. We believe raw material and adhesive suppliers rely on us to provide marketplace insight into new or emerging customer challenges, since we have regular access to end customers that those suppliers lack. We have the capability to combine new materials with new processes to create cost effective products in new markets.
Pursue Acquisitions. We will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions that add new products and/or processes to further expand our portfolio of customer solutions. Management has completed to date two accretive add-on acquisitions. Management has a long history of identifying and integrating new platforms. We will continue to use our relationship with our financial sponsor, Taglich Private Equity, LLC, or Taglich Private Equity, to identify, evaluate and execute acquisition opportunities. Taglich Private Equity sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013 and advised us in connection with identifying, negotiating and financing the acquisitions of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and Chardan Corp. We have entered into an agreement with Taglich Private Equity for the provision of advisory and management services.
In order to finance our acquisitions, we have incurred substantial debt. As of March 29, 2015, we had approximately $27.35 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and approximately $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note outstanding. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay the note. Substantially all of our assets are pledged to the lenders to secure this outstanding debt.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately 33.7% of our outstanding common stock (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering). As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval. They may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.
We have entered into a non-binding letter of intent and are engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. We believe that the acquisition would augment our existing product offerings and potentially enable us to access new customers and increase sales to certain of our existing customers.
The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by us, if any. We currently intend to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from our senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to us by the prospective seller, which we have not independently verified, the business we are considering acquiring had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.
Our completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to our satisfaction of our due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and our obtaining the commitment of our senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) we will
3
complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) we will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if we complete the acquisition, we will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into our business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.
On March 18, 2013, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., or Unique Fabricating NA, from an institutional investor in a leveraged buyout transaction. Unique Fabricating NA had two wholly owned subsidiaries, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., which we also acquired as part of the transaction. On December 18, 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets, or the PTI Business, of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or PTI, a Louisville, Kentucky based business. On February 6, 2014, we moved to become more vertically integrated by acquiring, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., substantially all of the assets, or the Chardan Business, of one of our key suppliers, Chardan, Corp. or Chardan. We expect to selectively continue to pursue opportunistic acquisitions and enter into new growth markets outside of the automotive part industry.
The following diagram shows our organizational structure including our principal subsidiaries:
Unique Fabricating, Inc. was incorporated as UFI Acquisition, Inc. in the State of Delaware on January 14, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating NA Inc., and its subsidiaries, and changed its name to Unique Fabricating, Inc. on September 29, 2014. Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Michigan in 1975 and re-incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1998, as Unique Fabricating, Inc. It changed its name to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. on September 29, 2014. Our principal offices currently are located at 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan, 48326.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the first fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual gross revenues; the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting
4
requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:
| we may present only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period, and related managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; |
| we may avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act); |
| we may provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and |
| we may not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. |
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period provided for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards to the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies.
There are numerous risks and uncertainties involved with our Company and an investment in our Company. See Risk Factors beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated herein, information presented assumes no exercise of the underwriters over allotment option.
Common stock offered by us |
1,875,000 shares |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
8,614,998 shares |
Underwriters option |
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 281,250 additional shares of common stock. |
Risk factors |
The common stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk and should not be purchased by investors who cannot afford the loss of their entire investment. See Risk Factors below. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $14.38 million, $16.70 million assuming the underwriters overallotment option is exercised in full, and assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the approximate $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note, together with accrued interest through the date of payment. If the net proceeds from this offering are not sufficient to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in full, we will borrow under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility to augment the proceeds of this offering. We will use any proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note, including any proceeds we receive if the over-allotment option is exercised by our underwriters, to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility. Amounts |
5
repaid under the revolver portion of our facility will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to compliance with the terms of the facility. See Use of Proceeds for additional information. |
Conflicts of interest |
Because certain affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc., an underwriter of this offering, beneficially own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding common stock as of June 1, 2015, and certain associates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and its affiliates are members of our Board of Directors, Taglich Brothers, Inc. is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Taglich Brothers, Inc. from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a qualified independent underwriter, as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Roth Capital Partners is acting as qualified independent underwriter for this offering. See Conflicts of Interest on page 89 for more information. |
Proposed Symbol |
UFAB on the NYSE MKT. |
Unless we specifically state otherwise, the share information in this prospectus reflects a 3 for 1 stock split effective November 18, 2014, is based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and reflects or assumes the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on 6,739,998 shares outstanding as of June 1, 2015, and excludes:
| 495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, issued under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and |
| 112,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the Underwriters at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering. |
6
On March 18, 2013, we acquired the predecessor corporation, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique. We recently changed the name of UFI Acquisition, Inc. to Unique Fabricating, Inc. and changed the name of Unique Fabricating Inc. to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. See note 2 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the business combination. The results of operations presented herein for all periods prior to our acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. are referred to as the results of operations of the predecessor. The results of operations presented herein for all periods subsequent to the acquisition are referred to as the results of operations of the successor. As a result of the acquisition, the results of operations of the predecessor are not comparable to the results of operations of the successor.
Our fifty-two week fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal year 2014 ended on January 4, 2015 and fiscal year 2015 will end on January 3, 2016.
The following table sets forth our historical data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. All such data were derived from our unaudited financial statements. You should read the information contained in our financial statements and related notes, Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Successor | Successor | Pro Forma (1) | ||||||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended March 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended March 29, 2015 |
Twelve weeks
Ended March 29, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 29,117 | $ | 32,431 | $ | 32,431 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 22,397 | 24,507 | 24,507 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 6,720 | 7,924 | 7,924 | |||||||||
SG&A | 5,083 | 5,243 | 5,243 | |||||||||
Operating income | 1,637 | 2,681 | 2,681 | |||||||||
Interest expense | 987 | 859 | 306 | |||||||||
Other income | 12 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Income before taxes | 662 | 1,829 | 2,382 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 200 | 636 | 840 | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 462 | $ | 1,193 | $ | 1,542 | ||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.17 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | 6,740 | 8,452 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | 7,007 | 8,719 |
(1) | The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering. |
The following table sets forth the predecessors summary historical data for the eleven weeks ended March 17, 2013, our summary historical data for the forty-one weeks ended December 29, 2013 and the year ended January 4, 2015, and pro forma data giving effect to the acquisitions of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014 and the PTI business on December 18, 2013. All such data were derived from the predecessors and our financial statements. You should read the information contained in our and our predecessors financial statements and related notes, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information, Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
7
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | Pro Forma (1) | |||||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 16,378 | $ | 63,879 | $ | 126,480 | $ | 126,637 | ||||||||
Cost of sales | 12,717 | 48,984 | 95,020 | 94,662 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 3,661 | 14,895 | 31,460 | 31,975 | ||||||||||||
SG&A | 5,026 | 12,069 | 21,326 | 21,176 | ||||||||||||
Operating (loss) income | (1,365 | ) | 2,826 | 10,134 | 10,799 | |||||||||||
Interest expense | 245 | 2,310 | 3,667 | 1,442 | ||||||||||||
Other income | | 22 | 72 | 72 | ||||||||||||
(Loss) income before taxes | (1,610 | ) | 538 | 6,539 | 9,429 | |||||||||||
(Benefit) provision for income taxes | (450 | ) | 286 | 2,074 | 3,144 | |||||||||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (1,160 | ) | $ | 252 | $ | 4,465 | $ | 6,285 | |||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.74 | ||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.65 | $ | 0.73 | ||||||||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding | 5,067 | 6,740 | 8,452 | |||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 5,067 | 6,864 | 8,576 |
(1) | The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to: |
| the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014; |
| an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and |
| this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering |
as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (first day of the 2014 fiscal year). For information as to how the amounts were derived, see Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.
The following table presents unaudited summary balance sheet data on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect this offering. As adjusted numbers reflect the sale of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The net proceeds from the offering will be used to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in the principal amount of $13.13 million, together with accrued interest through the date of payment, and to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility.
As of
March 29, 2015 |
As adjusted
March 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Total current assets | $ | 34,924 | $ | 34,924 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment, net | 18,746 | 18,746 | ||||||
Intangible assets | 31,401 | 31,401 | ||||||
Total assets | 86,453 | 86,453 | ||||||
Total current liabilities (1) | 17,507 | 17,507 | ||||||
Long-term debt | 38,274 | 24,321 | ||||||
Redeemable common stock (2) | 7,201 | 0 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity | 17,036 | 38,191 |
(1) | Includes current portion of long-term debt of $2.14 million. |
8
(2) | Redeemable common stock refers to 1,415,400 shares issued to the holder of our 16% senior subordinated note, The Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership, or Peninsula. Peninsula has the right to require us to repurchase the shares for their fair market value at specified dates but has agreed to terminate such right effective upon the closing of this offering in consideration for us granting to it certain registration rights. Redeemable common stock also refers to 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders shares which we are required to purchase in certain circumstances. Upon completion of this offering, we no longer will be required to purchase the founders shares and the shares will be reallocated to total stockholders equity. See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, Shares Eligible for Future Sale and note 9 to our consolidated financial statements. |
9
Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, in connection with investments in the shares offered hereby. If any of these risks were to actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
As of March 29, 2015, we had approximately $27.35 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and approximately $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note outstanding, which we intend to pay with the proceeds of this offering. Substantially all of our assets are pledged to the lenders to secure this outstanding debt. In the event that we are unable to make principal, interest or other payments due under, or we do not comply with the covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility, the lenders could declare an event of default, accelerate all amounts outstanding and, in the case of the senior secured credit facility, seek to foreclose on the collateral securing such indebtedness. In such event, we could be forced to file for bankruptcy protection and stockholders would likely lose their entire investment in us.
Our ability to comply with the covenants in the senior secured credit facility agreement may be affected by economic or business conditions beyond our control. If we are not able to comply with these covenants when required and we are unable to obtain necessary waivers or amendments from the lender, we would be precluded from borrowing under the credit facility. If we are unable to borrow under the credit facility, we will need to meet our liquidity requirements using other sources. Alternative sources of liquidity may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, if we do not comply with the financial or other covenants in the credit facility when required, the lender could declare an event of default under the credit facility, and our indebtedness thereunder could be declared immediately due and payable. The lender would also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments it has to provide further borrowings. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.
In addition, the credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:
| incur liens; |
| incur or assume additional debt or guarantees or issue preferred stock; |
| pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect to capital stock; |
| prepay, or make redemptions and repurchases of, subordinated debt; |
| make loans and investments; |
| make capital expenditures; |
| engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, sale/leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates; |
| change the business conducted by us or our subsidiaries; and |
| amend the terms of subordinated debt. |
10
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in this debt agreement and any future financing agreements may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due with respect to our indebtedness. Our indebtedness could have other important consequences to you as a stockholder. For example, it could:
| make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated note; |
| make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; |
| require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
| limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; |
| place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and |
| limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other purposes. |
Any of the above listed factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The senior secured credit facility contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our debt.
The vehicle component supply industry has traditionally been highly fragmented and serves a limited number of large OEMs. As a result, OEMs have historically had a significant amount of leverage over their outside suppliers. Our contracts with major OEM and Tier 1 customers frequently provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost reductions through product design changes, increased productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost reduction requirements. However, if we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. In addition, changes in our customers purchasing policies or payment practices could have an adverse effect on our business.
We are dependent on several principal customers. Our three largest customers accounted for approximately 17.7% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. We have not entered into long-term agreements with any of our customers. Instead, we enter into a number of purchase order commitments with our customers, based on their current or projected needs. We have in the past lost, and may in the future, lose customers due to the highly competitive conditions in the automotive supply industry, including pricing pressures. A decision by any significant customer, whether motivated by competitive conditions, financial difficulties or otherwise, to materially decrease the amount of products purchased from us, to change their manner of doing business with us or to stop doing business with us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
11
We supply our products based on purchase orders placed by our customers from time to time but have no long-term contracts with our customers. We will commit to end-product pricing for a specified quantity of product for the duration of the vehicles production, generally three to five years. In the past, we successfully mitigated price volatility though aggressive supplier management and alternative material substitution strategies. Typically, our products are refreshed during a vehicles production life creating opportunities to modify pricing if material costs have risen. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to implement or sustain such strategies in the future or modify pricing to pass material costs to customers. Our inability to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
The vehicle component supply industry is highly competitive. Our products primarily compete on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. Increased competition may lead to price reductions resulting in reduced gross margins and loss of market share.
Current and future competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others, foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to our products, produce similar products at lower cost than we can or adapt more quickly to new technologies, industry or customer requirements. By doing so, they may enhance their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential future customers. These developments could limit our ability to obtain revenues from new customers and to maintain existing revenues from our customer base. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors and the failure to do so may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our reliance on suppliers to secure raw materials exposes us to volatility in the prices and availability of our products. A disruption in deliveries from suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers or increase our operating costs. Moreover, the cost of raw materials used in the production of our products, represents a significant portion of our direct manufacturing costs. The number of customers to which we are not able to pass on such price increases may increase in the future. We believe that our supply management and production practices are based on an appropriate balancing of the foreseeable risks and the costs of alternative practices. Nonetheless, price increases, supplier capacity constraints, supplier production disruptions or the unavailability of some raw materials may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, competitive position, financial condition or results of operations. If we are not able to buy raw materials at fixed prices, or pass on price increases to our customers, we may lose orders or enter into orders with less favorable terms, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We have a manufacturing facility in Mexico. There are a number of risks associated with doing business in Mexico, including, exposure to local economic and political conditions, social unrest, including risks of terrorism or other hostilities, export and import restrictions, and the potential for shortages of trained labor. Our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because a portion of our manufacturing costs are incurred in Mexican pesos, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso exchange rate may have a material effect on our profitability, cash flows, financial position, and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods. Any depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the Mexican peso will adversely affect the cost of our Mexican operations when translated into U.S. dollars.
12
Similarly, any appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the Mexican peso will decrease the cost of our Mexican operations when translated into U.S. dollars. These risks may materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Demand for and pricing of our products are subject to economic conditions and other factors present in the various markets where our products are sold. The level of demand for our products depends primarily upon the level of consumer demand for new vehicles that are manufactured with our products. The level of new vehicle purchases is cyclical, affected by such factors as general economic conditions, interest rates, consumer confidence, consumer preferences, patterns of consumer spending, fuel costs and the automobile replacement cycle.
The global economic crisis that prevailed throughout 2008 and 2009 resulted in delayed and reduced purchases of durable consumer goods, such as automobiles. Although the global economic climate has improved since 2009, if the global economy were to take another significant downturn, depending upon its length, duration and severity, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow would again be materially adversely affected.
The demand for our products is largely dependent on the North American production of automobiles. The markets for our products have been cyclical, because new vehicle demand is dependent on, among other things, consumer spending and is tied closely to the overall strength of the economy. Because our products are used principally in the production of vehicles for the automotive market, our net sales, and therefore results of operations, are significantly dependent on the general state of the economy and other factors which affect these markets. A decline in vehicle production would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the North American automotive market experienced a downturn during 2008 and 2009 as a result of general weakness in the North American economy. Although North American vehicle production continued to recover in 2013 and 2014 over the prior year periods, we cannot provide any assurance as to the length or level of the recovery from the recent decline, and any extended downturn could again materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations are conducted entirely through our subsidiaries and our ability to generate cash to fund all of our operations and expenses and to pay dividends or to meet any debt service obligations of the holding company is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries via dividends or intercompany loans. We currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock; however, none of our subsidiaries will be obligated to make funds available to us for the payment of dividends. Further, the agreement governing our bank term loan and revolving credit facility, for which our subsidiary, Unique Fabricating NA is the borrower, restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or otherwise transfer assets to us. In addition, the laws of the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized may impose requirements that may restrict the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.
Our business strategy includes the potential acquisition of businesses that we expect will complement and expand our business. For example, we acquired substantially all of the assets of PTI and Chardan. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition opportunities or complete any particular acquisition, combination or other transaction on acceptable terms. Our identification of suitable acquisition candidates
13
involves risks inherent in assessing the values, strengths, weaknesses, risks and profitability of these opportunities including their effects on our business, diversion of our managements attention and risks associated with unanticipated problems or unforeseen liabilities. If we are successful in pursuing future acquisitions, we may be required to expend significant funds, incur additional debt, or issue additional securities, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and be dilutive to our stockholders. If we spend significant funds or incur additional debt, our ability to obtain financing for working capital or other purposes could decline and we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns and competitive pressures. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to finance additional acquisitions or that we will realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions that we complete. Should we successfully acquire another business, the process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing business. Our failure to identify suitable acquisition opportunities may restrict our ability to grow our business.
On December 18, 2013, we completed our acquisition of the PTI Business. Our integration of the PTI Business into our operations will be a complex and time-consuming process that may not be successful. The primary areas of focus for successfully combining the PTI Business with our operations may include, among others: retaining and integrating management and other key employees; integrating information, communications and other systems; managing our growth after the acquisition; retaining customers; and integrating the supply chain. Even if we successfully integrate the PTI Business into our existing operations, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The anticipated benefits and cost savings may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.
Following our acquisition of the PTI Business, our consolidated indebtedness increased. The increased indebtedness and higher debt-to-equity ratio of our company may have the effect, among other things, of reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and increasing borrowing costs. Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it may: require a portion of our cash flow from operations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thus reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate requirements; and limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, capital expenditures, additional acquisitions or general corporate requirements.
As of March 29, 2015, we had 620 full-time employees, of whom 439 are hourly and 181 are salaried. 151 of our hourly employees are represented by labor unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. We cannot assure you that other of our employees will not be represented by a labor organization in the future or that any of our facilities will not experience a work stoppage or other labor disruption. Many of our customers and their suppliers also have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by customers or their other suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures of assembly plants where our products are included in assembled commercial vehicles. After years of being barred from striking against GM and Chrysler as a condition of government sponsored bail-outs, the United Auto Workers no longer is subject to such restriction. It has been reported that the UAW has prepared strike contingency plans in connection with the negotiations with General Motors, Ford and Chrysler that will replace existing contracts expiring in September 2015. Any work stoppage or other labor disruption involving our employees, employees of our customers (many of which customers have employees who are represented by unions), or employees of our suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations by disrupting our ability to manufacture its products or reducing the demand for its products.
Our success is dependent upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. Although certain key members of our senior management have employment agreements for their continued services, there is no guaranty that each such person will choose to remain with us. The loss of any
14
key employees (including such members of our senior management team) could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, our success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified managerial, engineering, sales and marketing personnel. We face significant competition for these types of employees in our industry. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require to conduct our operations successfully. The loss of any member of our senior management team or other key employees could impair our ability to execute our business plans and strategic initiatives, cause us to lose customers and experience reduced net sales, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the loss of other key employees. In any such event, our financial condition, results of operations, internal control over financial reporting, or cash flows could be adversely affected.
Our automotive products expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture, sale and use of our products. While we currently maintain what we believe to be suitable product liability insurance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms, that this insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities or that our insurance providers will successfully weather the current economic downturn. One or more successful claims against us could materially and adversely affect our reputation and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. We cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such environmental and safety laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material and adverse effect on us. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, and we could incur material expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. We are also subject to laws imposing liability for the cleanup of contaminated property. Under these laws, we could be held liable for costs and damages relating to contamination at our past or present facilities and at third party sites to which we sent waste containing hazardous substances. The amount of such liability could be material.
Certain of our operations generate hazardous substances and wastes. If a release of such substances or wastes occurs at or from our properties, or at or from any offsite disposal location to which substances or wastes from our current or former operations were taken, or if contamination is discovered at any of our current or former properties, we may be held liable for the costs of cleanup and for any other response by governmental authorities or private parties, together with any associated fines, penalties or damages. In most jurisdictions, this liability would arise whether or not we had complied with environmental laws governing the handling of hazardous substances or wastes.
Although the products we manufacture and supply to vehicle customers are not subject to significant government regulation, our business is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to vehicle customers. These regulations primarily relate to emissions and noise standards imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board, or CARB, and other regulatory agencies around the world. Vehicle customers are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
15
promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Changes in emission standards and other proposed governmental regulations could impact the demand for vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty (Class 8) diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 and January 1, 2007 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods immediately following such date. New emission standards for truck engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB became effective in 2010. To the extent that current or future governmental regulation has a negative impact on the demand for vehicles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our success depends to a certain degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. We have not been issued patents and have not registered trademarks with respect to our products. Our competitors could duplicate our designs, processes or other intellectual property or design around any processes or designs on which we may obtain patents or trademark protection in the future. In addition, it is possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for other technology or designs that we may use or desire to use, so that we may need to acquire licenses to, or to contest the validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of third party rights.
We protect trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual or other arrangements. These arrangements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our revenues could be materially adversely affected.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE MKT or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration.
Our common stock is not currently traded on any public market, but we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT. There is no guarantee that the NYSE MKT will approve our initial listing application or that we will be able to remedy any problems identified by the NYSE MKT that would prevent our listing. Additionally, even if we are listed on the NYSE MKT, we will be required to comply with certain quantitative and qualitative continued listing requirements, including a minimum bid price and corporate governance requirements. If we fail to meet these continued listing requirements, we may receive notification from the NYSE MKT of such failure, which must be publicly filed, and we could eventually be delisted from the NYSE MKT.
You should consider an investment in our common stock risky and invest only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuations in the market value of your investment. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between us and the
16
underwriters and will be based on several factors. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock arising from changes in our operating performance or prospects. In addition, the volatility of automotive parts company stocks often does not correlate to the operating performance of the companies represented by such stocks. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
| volume and timing of orders for our products; |
| quarterly variations in our or our competitors results of operations; |
| changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our common stock; |
| failure to meet estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our stock; |
| product liability claims or other litigation involving us; |
| sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders; |
| changes in accounting principles; and |
| general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors. |
These and other external factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit regardless of the merits of the case or the eventual outcome. Such a lawsuit also would divert the time and attention of our management.
We currently plan to pay dividends quarterly. However, our ability to pay dividends will be affected by our results and our needs for funds for use in our operations and to expand our business. In addition, our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants which may have the effect of precluding or limiting the amounts that we can pay as dividends.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately 33.9% of our outstanding common stock (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering), or approximately 32.9% if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering). As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including investors in this offering, by among other things:
| delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us; |
| entrenching our management and/or our board of directors; |
| impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; |
| discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; or |
17
| causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders. |
Two of our directors, Mr. Baum and Mr. Cooke, are associated with Taglich Private Equity and Taglich Brothers, an underwriter of this offering, respectively. In addition, another director, Mr. Illikman is a partner of Peninsula Capital Partners LLC, a mezzanine and equity capital fund manager which organized and manages Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership, our largest stockholder. Of our other directors, two, Mr. Frascoia and Mr. Viola have been designated by Taglich Private Equity, and one, Ms. Korth has been designated by Peninsula. As we note elsewhere in this prospectus, Taglich Brothers, Inc. has a conflict of interest in offering our shares because of ownership of our stock by certain of its affiliates and because certain associates are members of our board. Due to this conflict of interest, Roth Capital Partners is acting as a qualified independent underwriter. However, in the future, our directors who are affiliated with Taglich or Peninsula may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with matters affecting both us and Taglich or Peninsula.
Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock after the completion of this offering, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and a global settlement among the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulatory agencies and a number of investment banks, which was reached in 2003, many investment banking firms are required to contract with independent financial analysts for their stock research. It may be difficult for a company such as ours, with a smaller market capitalization, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by existing stockholders for their shares. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $8.24 per share, representing the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we have also issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, you will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution you will incur in this offering, see the Dilution section of this prospectus.
Upon completion of this offering, our current stockholders will hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market. Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering or the perception that substantial sales may be made, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Our stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the Company, which the Company may not waive without the consent of Roth Capital Partners. Roth Capital Partners, in its sole discretion, may release those parties, at any time or from time to
18
time and without notice, from their obligation not to dispose of shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Roth Capital Partners has no pre-established conditions to waiving the terms of the lock-up agreements, and any decision by it to waive those conditions would depend on a number of factors, which may include market conditions, the performance of the common stock in the market and our financial condition at that time.
After this offering, we will have outstanding 8,614,998 shares of common stock, based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015, which assumes no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. This includes the shares we are selling in this offering, which, other than shares that may be purchased by certain associates of Taglich Brothers which will be subject to lock-up restrictions, may be resold in the public market immediately. All of the remaining shares, and 166,524 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants and stock options will be subject to lock-up restrictions. 3,949,596 shares have been beneficially owned by non-affiliates for more than one year, and upon expiration of the lock-up restrictions will be tradable without restriction under Rule 144 immediately.
Following the completion of this offering, we also intend to register all shares of our common stock that we may issue pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan. Shares issued by us upon exercise of options granted under our stock plans would be eligible for sale in the public market upon the effective date of the registration statement for those shares, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the Underwriting section of this prospectus. If any of these holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Please see the Shares Eligible for Future Sale section of this prospectus for a description of sales that may occur in the future.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility by repaying our 16% senior subordinated note, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. In addition to repaying the 16% senior subordinated note, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of the senior credit facility. Our ability to re-borrow the amounts paid under the revolver will depend on our compliance with the terms of the senior credit facility. There can be no assurance that we will be able to re-borrow under the senior credit facility amounts repaid with the net proceeds of this offering. We retain broad discretion in the use of proceeds and our ultimate use of these proceeds may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we exercise our discretion in the use of the net proceeds, stockholders may not agree with such uses, and we may use the net proceeds in a manner that does not increase our operating results or market value.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable, including transactions in which you might receive a premium for your shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove management. These provisions:
| allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors; |
| provide for a classified board of directors, such that not all members of our board will be elected at one time; |
| prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies, limit who may call stockholder meetings, and prohibit the taking of stockholder action by written consent; and |
19
| require advance written notice of stockholder proposals that can be acted upon at stockholders meetings and of director nominations to our board of directors. |
In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. Any delay or prevention of a change in control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we have only included two years, rather than the customary three, of audited financial statements and two years, rather than the customary five, of selected financial data in this prospectus. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies that comply with all public company accounting standards.
We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, we may be able to maintain emerging growth company status for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our second quarter during any fiscal year before the end of such five-year period or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. Additionally, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a smaller reporting company, which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive because of our reliance on any of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. These new rules require ongoing due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo, or the DRC, or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. Reporting obligations for the rule began May 31, 2014 and are required annually thereafter. As a new public company, we will be required to comply with the reporting obligations beginning with our fiscal year ended January 1,
20
2017. There will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals in our products. The implementation of these rules and their effect on customer, supplier and/or consumer behavior could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As a result, we may also incur costs with respect to potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply. We may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products or to determine if such conflict minerals are conflict-free. Accordingly, the implementation of these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.
As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company we will incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, engage a transfer agent, adopt an insider trading policy and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert managements time and attention from product development and commercialization activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NYSE MKT which would likely have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
In connection with this offering, we are increasing our directors and officers insurance coverage, which will increase our insurance cost. In the future, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit and compensation committees.
Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in material misstatements of our annual or interim financial statements and have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.
We are not currently required to comply with the SECs rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will however be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting, including the audit committee of the board of directors.
21
Finally, as a private company, we have not previously been required to prepare quarterly financial statements, nor have we been required to generate financial statements in the time periods mandated for public companies by the SECs reporting requirements. We believe that we will need to expand our accounting resources, including the size and expertise of our internal accounting team, to effectively execute a quarterly close process and on an appropriate time frame for a public company. If we are unsuccessful or unable to sufficiently expand these resources, we may not be able to produce U.S. GAAP-compliant financial statements on a time frame required to comply with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, and the financial statements we produce may contain material misstatements, either of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reports and our financial reporting generally, which could lead to a decline in the trading price of our common stock.
In connection with our audits for the years ended January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses: one that the chief financial officer had almost complete responsibility for the processing of financial information and the second that our financial department did not have available capacity to process in a timely manner complex, non-routine transactions. Our independent registered public accounting firm also identified a significant deficiency in the internal controls at one of our subsidiaries: one individual at the subsidiary had full access to network and financial applications and the ability to post transactions without additional review procedures.
We have begun to address the material weaknesses and significant deficiency identified by our independent registered public accounting firm by hiring additional senior accounting staff, but have not yet remediated the material weaknesses and significant deficiency. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and (2) no longer qualify as a smaller reporting company, as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Exchange Act. However, in the event that our internal controls over financial reporting are perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the trading price of our common stock could decline.
22
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our managements beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. These forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our or our industrys actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| our financial performance, including our revenue, costs, expenditures, growth rates and operating expenses, and our ability to maintain profitability; |
| our ability to maintain our rate of revenue growth; |
| our ability to expand our customer base; |
| our ability to adapt to changing market conditions; |
| our ability to effectively manage our growth; |
| the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively; |
| our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property; |
| costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims; |
| our ability to successfully enter new markets; |
| our expectations concerning relationships with third parties; |
| our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel; and |
| other factors discussed in this prospectus under Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
In addition, in this prospectus, the words anticipate, believe, continue, could, seek, might, estimate, expect, intend, may, plan, potential, predict, approximately, project, should, will, would or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which we base on many assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions based on new information, future events or otherwise. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
23
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of 1,875,000 shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $14.38 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of approximately $2.33 million.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $1.73 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay the approximate $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note due March 16, 2018, together with accrued interest through the date of payment. $11.50 million principal amount of the 16% senior subordinated note was issued in March 2013 to finance, in part, our acquisition. An additional $1.50 million principal amount of the note was issued in December 2013 to finance, in part, the acquisition of the PTI Business. The remaining $0.13 million principal amount was issued to pay interest in kind. We will use proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note, including any proceeds we receive if the over-allotment is exercised by our underwriters, to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility which matures on March 15, 2018. Borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility are subject to a borrowing base and bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75% to 3.25%. At March 29, 2015, the effective interest rate was 3.18% per annum. Amounts paid under the facility will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to our compliance with the terms of the facility. If the net proceeds from this offering are not sufficient to pay the 16% senior subordinated note in full, we will borrow under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility to augment the proceeds of this offering. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility are used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters.
We retain broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds for purposes other than the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note and borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior credit facility, including any proceeds we receive if the overallotment option is exercised by our underwriters. We may use net proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Pending the uses described above, we intend to repay borrowings under our revolver, which will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to our compliance with the terms of the facility and to invest any net proceeds that are not so used in short term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
24
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Our payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion and will depend on business conditions, our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements. Our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants which may have the effect of precluding or limiting the amounts that we can pay as dividends. We currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock quarterly commencing in the third quarter of 2015 at an estimated rate of $0.15 per share per quarter.
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of March 29, 2015:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to our sale and issuance of 1,875,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and application of the net proceeds to repay our 16% senior subordinated note and temporarily reduce borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. |
You should read the information in this table together with Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Description of Common Stock, and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
March 29, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Actual | Adjustments (1) |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 662 | | $ | 662 | |||||||
Senior secured credit facility, including current portion | 27,167 | (1,241 | ) | 25,926 | ||||||||
16% senior subordinated note (2) | 12,713 | (12,713 | ) | | ||||||||
Other debt | 538 | | 538 | |||||||||
Total debt (3) | 40,418 | 26,464 | ||||||||||
Redeemable common stock 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding, actual and 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (4) | 7,201 | (7,201 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
Stockholders equity:
|
||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 15,000,000 shares authorized and 8,614,998 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (5) | 4 | 10 | 14 | |||||||||
Additional paid-in capital (6) | 13,730 | 21,565 | 35,295 | |||||||||
Retained earnings (2) | 3,302 | (420 | ) | 2,882 | ||||||||
Total stockholders equity | 17,036 | 38,191 | ||||||||||
Total capitalization | $ | 64,655 | $ | 64,655 |
(1) | Adjustments give effect to this offering and the anticipated use of net proceeds. Proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note will be used to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of the senior secured credit facility. Amounts paid under the facility will be available to be re-borrowed subject to compliance with the terms of the facility. |
(2) | Our 16% senior subordinated note is recorded on our financial statements at a $0.42 million discount to the principal amount due, reflecting the capital debt expenses incurred in connection with its issuance. The principal amount of the note is $13.13 million. We anticipate a $0.42 million debt extinguishment charge upon repayment of the notes. |
(3) | Includes current portion of long-term debt of $2.14 million. |
25
(4) | Adjustments to redeemable common stock relate to (A) $0.17 million decrease as a result of the reclassification of 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders shares that we are required to purchase at $0.167 per share, if we complete an initial public offering at a price of less than $4 per share, to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon completion of this offering, as we will no longer be required to purchase such shares, and (B) $7.03 million decrease for the reclassification of the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula as a result of Peninsulas agreement to terminate its right to require us to repurchase its shares in certain events effective upon the closing of this offering in exchange for us granting to it certain registration rights. See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, Shares Eligible for Future Sale and notes 9 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements. |
(5) | Adjustments to common stock reflect (A) the par value of the shares issued in this offering, plus (B) the reclassification of the par value of the 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders shares described in note (4) above and (C) the par value of the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula as described in note (4) above that will be reclassified to stockholders equity effective upon closing of the offering. |
(6) | Adjustments to additional paid-in capital reflects (A) $14.38 million in net proceeds from the shares issued in this offering, after deducting $2.50 million for the underwriting discount and estimated expenses associated with the offering payable by us, and the par value of the shares issued, plus (B) $0.17 million for the reclassification of the value (net of par value) of the 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders shares described in note (3) above, plus (C) $7.02 million for the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula reclassified to stockholders equity upon closing of the offering as described in note (4) above. |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease (increase) the amounts of our pro forma senior secured credit facility by $1.72 million, while increasing (decreasing) stockholders equity by $1.72 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and terms of this offering determined at pricing.
The outstanding share information in the pro forma column and the pro forma as adjusted column in the capitalization table above does not include:
| 495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, issued under our 2013 Equity Compensation Plan, outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and |
| 112,500 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering. |
26
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015 was $(7.43 million), or $(1.10) per share. After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015, giving effect to our intended use of the net proceeds of this offering, would have been $6.52 million, or $0.76 per share (1). This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.86 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $8.24 per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share | $ | 9.00 | ||||||
Net tangible book value per share as of March 29, 2015, before giving effect to this offering | $ | (1.10 | ) | |||||
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors | 1.86 | |||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering | 0.76 | |||||||
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering | $ | 8.24 |
(1) | The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value and value per share as of March 29, 2015 is calculated as follows: |
(in thousands,
except per share data) |
||||
Total actual assets | $ | 86,453 | ||
Less: Debt issuance costs | (267 | ) | ||
Less: Goodwill | (15,183 | ) | ||
Less: Intangible assets | (16,217 | ) | ||
Total pro forma assets | 54,786 | |||
Total actual liabilities | 62,217 | |||
Less: Senior secured credit facility adjustment | (1,241 | ) | ||
Less: 16% senior subordinated note adjustment | (12,713 | ) | ||
Total pro forma liabilities | 48,263 | |||
Pro forma as adjusted total net tangible book value | $ | 6,523 | ||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 8,615 | |||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share | $ | 0.76 |
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will be $8.85 million, or $1.00 per share, and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors will be $8.00, if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.
27
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $1.73 million, or $0.19 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $0.81 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount.
The following table presents, as of March 29, 2015, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes gross proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average Price
Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders | 6,739,998 | 78.2 | % | $ | 19,299,999 | 53.4 | % | $ | 2.86 | |||||||||||
New investors | 1,875,000 | 21.8 | % | 16,875,000 | 46.6 | % | 9.00 | |||||||||||||
Total | 8,614,998 | 100.0 | % | $ | 36,174,999 | 100.0 | % | $ | 4.20 |
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $1,875,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, before deducting the underwriting discount.
If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be 6,739,998, or 75.8%, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to 2,156,250, or 24.2%, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The tables and discussion above is based on 6,739,998 shares outstanding as of March 29, 2015 and excludes:
| 495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share; |
| 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and |
| Warrants to be issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock, at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering. |
28
The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and year ended January 4, 2015 present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to:
| the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Inc., Chardan, Corp. and the sole stockholder of Chardan, Corp.; |
| an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and |
| this offering and the use of net proceeds from this offering |
as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (the first day of the 2014 fiscal year). The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared based on our historical consolidated financial statements, the historical financial statements of Chardan and the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information below. The adjustments necessary to fairly present the unaudited pro forma financial information have been based on available information and assumptions we believe are reasonable and are presented for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to represent our consolidated results of operations that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to above been consummated on the dates assumed or to project our consolidated results of operations for any future date or period. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.
Our historical financial information and the historical information for Chardan have been derived from consolidated financial statements and related notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For purposes of the unaudited pro forma financial information, we have assumed that shares of common stock will be issued by us at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read together with Capitalization, Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of Chardan and related notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As Adjusted
Before Offering |
IPO
Adjustments |
Unique
Pro Forma |
||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 32,431 | $ | | $ | 32,431 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 24,507 | | 24,507 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 7,924 | | 7,924 | |||||||||
SG&A expenses | 5,243 | | 5,243 | |||||||||
Operating income | 2,681 | | 2,681 | |||||||||
Interest expense | 859 | (553 | ) (1) | 306 | ||||||||
Other income | 7 | | 7 | |||||||||
Income before taxes | 1,829 | 553 | 2,382 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 636 | 204 | (2) | 840 | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,193 | $ | 349 | $ | 1,542 | ||||||
Basic earnings per share (3) | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per share (3) | $ | 0.17 | $ | 0.18 |
(1) | Reflects $0.52 million reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note as described in Use of Proceeds, as if such repayment occurred on December 29, 2013 and a reduction of $0.03 million of amortization of debt issuance costs, a result of repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note. |
29
(2) | Adjusted to reflect a combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to the pro forma pre-tax earnings. |
(3) | The basic weighted average shares used in the as adjusted before offering earnings per share calculation of the pro forma table assumes that the acquisitions of Chardan and PTI had occurred on December 20, 2013. As a result, the basic weighted average shares used equals 6.74 million shares which is the number of shares outstanding after the transactions. The Unique pro forma column basic weighted average shares are further adjusted for the impact on shares for the use of proceeds of this offering to repay the 16% senior subordinated note (1.71 million shares). The diluted weighted average shares include the impact of the transactions and offering discussed above as well as the impact related to options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 that were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Please see the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share below (in thousands, except per share data.) |
As Adjusted Before Offering | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,193 | Net income | $ | 1,193 | |||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | |||||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.18 | Effects of dilutive securities: | |||||||||
Stock options | 192 | |||||||||||
Warrants | 75 | |||||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding |
7,007 | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.17 |
Unique Pro Forma | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,542 | Net income | $ | 1,542 | |||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | |||||||||
Shares impact of offering | 1,712 | Effects of dilutive securities: | ||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding | 8,452 | Stock options | 192 | |||||||||
Pro forma basic earnings per share | $ | 0.18 | Warrants | 75 | ||||||||
Shares impact of offering | 1,712 | |||||||||||
Pro forma diluted weighted average
shares outstanding |
8,719 | |||||||||||
Pro forma diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.18 |
Unique | Chardan | Pro Forma Adjustments |
As Adjusted
Before Offering |
IPO
Adjustments |
Unique
Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 126,480 | $ | 514 | $ | (357 | ) (1) | $ | 126,637 | $ | | $ | 126,637 | |||||||||||
Cost of sales | 95,020 | 384 | (742 | ) (1) (2) (3) | 94,662 | | 94,662 | |||||||||||||||||
Gross profit | 31,460 | 130 | 385 | 31,975 | | 31,975 | ||||||||||||||||||
SG&A expenses | 21,326 | 75 | (225 | ) (4) (5) | 21,176 | | 21,176 | |||||||||||||||||
Operating income | 10,134 | 55 | 610 | 10,799 | | 10,799 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 3,667 | | 15 | (6) | 3,682 | (2,240 | ) (8) | 1,442 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income | 72 | | | 72 | | 72 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income before taxes | 6,539 | 55 | 595 | 7,189 | 2,240 | 9,429 | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 2,074 | | 241 | (7) | 2,315 | 829 | (7) | 3,144 | ||||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 4,465 | $ | 55 | $ | 354 | $ | 4,874 | $ | 1,411 | $ | 6,285 | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share (9) | $ | 0.72 | $ | 0.74 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share (9) | $ | 0.71 | $ | 0.73 |
30
Notes to unaudited pro forma statement of operations.
(1) | Assumes intercompany sales and cost of sales of $0.36 million between Unique and Chardan are eliminated. |
(2) | Reflects $0.001 million reduction to cost of sales necessary to show fifty two weeks of depreciation expense based on the purchase price allocated to property, plant and equipment in the Chardan acquisition. The acquisition resulted in a step-up in property, plant, and equipment to fair value with a new depreciable asset base of $0.42 million to be depreciated over the weighted average useful life of 9.83 years causing pro forma depreciation expense of $0.003 million for the period. |
(3) | Reflects $0.38 million decrease in cost of sales for the reversal of the expensed portion of the step-up in inventory basis to estimated fair market value as a result of purchase accounting. Purchase accounting resulted in the Company recognizing a $1.13 million increase to the historical FIFO basis of inventory related to the Unique, PTI, and Chardan acquisitions to value it at its estimated fair market value. During the 52 weeks ended January 4, 2015, $0.38 million of this basis increase was included in cost of sales as the underlying inventory was sold, and this adjustment eliminates the $0.38 million from cost of sales for pro forma purposes. |
(4) | Reflects an increase of $0.01 million in SG&A necessary to show fifty two weeks of amortization expense based on purchase price allocated to intangible assets in the Chardan acquisition. The acquisition resulted in a new definite-lived intangible assets base of $0.97 million to be amortized over the weighted average useful life of 8.00 years causing pro forma amortization expense of $0.01 million for the period. |
(5) | Assumes $0.24 million of transaction costs incurred in the acquisition of Chardan are added back. |
(6) | Reflects $0.01 million increase necessary to show fifty two weeks of interest expense on the debt used to fund acquisition. |
(7) | Adjusted to reflect a combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to the pro forma pre-tax earnings of Chardan, which was taxed as a Subchapter S corporation prior to the acquisition. Assumes combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to remaining pro forma adjustments. |
(8) | Reflects $2.10 million reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note as described in Use of Proceeds, as if such repayment occurred on December 29, 2013, and a reduction of $0.14 million of amortization of debt issuance costs, a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note. |
(9) | The basic weighted average shares used in the as adjusted before offering earnings per share calculation for the pro forma tables assumes that the acquisitions of Chardan and PTI had occurred on December 30, 2013. As a result, the basic weighted average shares used equals 6.74 million shares which is the number of shares outstanding after the transactions. The Unique pro forma column basic weighted average shares are further adjusted for the impact on shares of the use of proceeds of this offering to repay the 16% senior subordinated note (1.71 million shares). The diluted weighted average shares include the impact of the transaction and offering discussed above as well as a $0.12 million impact related to options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 Successor period that were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Please see the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share below (in thousands, except per share data.) |
As Adjusted Before Offering | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 4,874 | Net income | $ | 4,874 | |||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | Weighed average shares outstanding | 6,740 | |||||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.72 | Effects of dilutive securities: | |||||||||
Stock options | 86 | |||||||||||
Warrants | 38 | |||||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding |
6,864 | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.71 |
Unique Pro Forma | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 6,285 | Net income | $ | 6,285 | |||||||
Weighted shares outstanding | 6,740 | Weighed average shares outstanding | 6,740 | |||||||||
Shares impact of offering | 1,712 | Effects of dilutive securities: | ||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding | 8,452 | Stock options | 86 | |||||||||
Pro forma basic earnings per share | $ | 0.74 | Warrants | 38 | ||||||||
Shares impact of offering | 1,712 | |||||||||||
Pro forma diluted weighted average
shares outstanding |
8,576 | |||||||||||
Pro forma diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.73 |
31
The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our policy is that fiscal years end annually on the Sunday closest to December 31. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
The following table sets forth summary historical data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. All such data were derived from our financial statements. You should read the information contained in our financial statements and related notes, Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Successor | Successor | Pro Forma (1) | ||||||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 29,117 | $ | 32,431 | $ | 32,431 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 22,397 | 24,507 | 24,507 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 6,720 | 7,924 | 7,924 | |||||||||
SG&A | 5,083 | 5,243 | 5,243 | |||||||||
Operating income | 1,637 | 2,681 | 2,681 | |||||||||
Interest expense | 987 | 859 | 306 | |||||||||
Other income | 12 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Income before taxes | 662 | 1,829 | 2,382 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 200 | 636 | 840 | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 462 | $ | 1,193 | 1,542 | |||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.17 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | 6,740 | 8,452 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 6,740 | 7,007 | 8,719 | |||||||||
Cash flow data
|
||||||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in):
|
||||||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (316 | ) | $ | 1,131 | |||||||
Investing activities | (2,432 | ) | (1,150 | ) | ||||||||
Financing activities | 2,537 | (75 | ) | |||||||||
Other financial data
|
||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (1) | $ | 3,076 | $ | 3,541 |
(1) | See Adjusted EBITDA below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and calculation of amounts presented here. |
32
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | Pro Forma (1) | |||||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 16,378 | $ | 63,879 | $ | 126,480 | $ | 126,637 | ||||||||
Cost of sales | 12,717 | 48,984 | 95,020 | 94,662 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 3,661 | 14,895 | 31,460 | 31,975 | ||||||||||||
SG&A | 5,026 | 12,069 | 21,326 | 21,176 | ||||||||||||
Operating (loss) income | (1,365 | ) | 2,826 | 10,134 | 10,799 | |||||||||||
Interest expense | 245 | 2,310 | 3,667 | 1,442 | ||||||||||||
Other income | | 22 | 72 | 72 | ||||||||||||
(Loss) income before taxes | (1,610 | ) | 538 | 6,539 | 9,429 | |||||||||||
(Benefit) provision for income taxes | (450 | ) | 286 | 2,074 | 3,144 | |||||||||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (1,160 | ) | $ | 252 | $ | 4,465 | $ | 6,285 | |||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.74 | ||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.65 | $ | 0.73 | ||||||||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding | 5,067 | 6,740 | 8,452 | |||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 5,067 | 6,864 | 8,576 | |||||||||||||
Cash flow data
|
||||||||||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in):
|
||||||||||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (256 | ) | $ | (253 | ) | $ | 7,128 | ||||||||
Investing activities | (506 | ) | (45,988 | ) | (6,180 | ) | ||||||||||
Financing activities | 544 | 47,133 | (1,084 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other financial data
|
||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 1,548 | $ | 6,768 | $ | 14,496 |
(1) | The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to: |
| the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014; |
| an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and |
| this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (the first day of the 2014 fiscal year). |
(2) | See Adjusted EBITDA below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and calculation of amounts presented here. |
Successor | ||||||||
As of
Jan 4, 2015 |
As of
Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Working capital (1) | $ | 16,318 | $ | 17,417 | ||||
Net property, plant and equipment | 17,920 | 18,746 | ||||||
Total assets | 84,151 | 86,453 | ||||||
Total debt | 39,972 | 40,418 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity | 16,592 | 17,036 |
(1) | Represents current assets less current liabilities |
33
We present Adjusted EBITDA (defined below), a measure that is not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (non-GAAP), in this prospectus to provide investors with a supplemental measure of our operating performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful performance measure and it is used by us to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than measures under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) can provide alone. Our board and management also use Adjusted EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations, and as a performance evaluation metric in determining achievement of certain compensation programs and plans for company management. In addition, the financial covenants in our senior secured credit facility are based on Adjusted EBITDA, subject to dollar limitations on certain adjustments.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, non-recurring expense, non-cash expense and transaction fees related to our acquisitions. Omitting interest, taxes and the other items provides a financial measure that facilitates comparisons of our results of operations with those of companies having different capital structures. Since the levels of indebtedness and tax structures that other companies have are different from ours, we omit these amounts to facilitate investors ability to make these comparisons. Similarly, we omit depreciation and amortization because other companies may employ a greater or lesser amount of property and intangible assets. We believe that investors, analysts and other interested parties view our ability to generate Adjusted EBITDA as an important measure of our operating performance and that of other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) for the periods indicated as a measure of our performance. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
The use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as an alternative to, GAAP measures such as net income (loss). Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of liquidity under GAAP or otherwise, and is not an alternative to cash flow from continuing operating activities. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by the expenses that are excluded from that term or by unusual or non-recurring items. The limitations of Adjusted EBITDA include that: (1) it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (2) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (3) it does not reflect income tax payments we may be required to make; and (4) it does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments associated with indebtedness.
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA from net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the following table. All of the items included in the reconciliation from net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA are either (1) non-cash items or (2) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance. In the case of the non-cash items, management believes that investors may find it useful to assess our comparative operating performance because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance, management believes that investors may find it useful to assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact may not reflect on-going operating performance.
34
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen Weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve Weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 462 | $ | 1,193 | ||||
Plus: Interest expense, net | 987 | 859 | ||||||
Plus: Income tax expense | 200 | 636 | ||||||
Plus: Depreciation and amortization | 882 | 847 | ||||||
Plus: Change in control payments | | | ||||||
Plus: Non cash stock award | 4 | 6 | ||||||
Plus: Non recurring integration expenses | 52 | | ||||||
Plus: Non recurring step-up of inventory basis to fair market value | 285 | | ||||||
Plus: Transaction fees | 204 | | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 3,076 | $ | 3,541 |
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (1,160 | ) | $ | 252 | $ | 4,465 | |||||
Plus: Interest expense, net | 245 | 2,310 | 3,667 | |||||||||
Plus: Income tax expense (benefit) | (450 | ) | 286 | 2,074 | ||||||||
Plus: Depreciation and amortization | 118 | 2,077 | 3,525 | |||||||||
Plus: Change in control payments | 1,890 | | | |||||||||
Plus: Non-cash stock award | | 65 | 34 | |||||||||
Plus: Non-recurring integration expenses | | 135 | 110 | |||||||||
Plus: Non-recurring step-up of inventory basis to fair market value | | 748 | 384 | |||||||||
Plus: Transaction fees | 905 | 895 | 237 | |||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 1,548 | $ | 6,768 | $ | 14,496 |
35
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. The results of operations presented herein for all periods prior to our acquisition by Unique Fabricating, Inc. are referred to as the results of operations of the Predecessor. The results of operations presented herein for all periods subsequent to the acquisition are referred to as the results of operations of the Successor. As a result of the acquisition, the results of operations of the Predecessor are not comparable to the results of operations of the Successor.
The Companys policy is that quarterly periods end on the Sunday closest to the end of the quarterly period. The first quarter of 2015 ended on March 29, 2015 and the first quarter of 2014 ended on March 30, 2014. The Companys policy is that fiscal years end annually on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal 2014 ended on January 4, 2015 and fiscal 2013 ended on December 29, 2013. The current fiscal year will end on January 3, 2016. The Companys operations are classified in one reportable business segment. Although we recently expanded the products that we manufacture and sell to include components used in the appliance, HVAC and water heater industries, products for these industries are manufactured at facilities that also manufacture or are capable of manufacturing products for the automotive industries. All of our manufacturing locations have similar capabilities, and most plants serve multiple markets. The manufacturing operations for our automotive, appliance, HVAC and water heater products share management and labor forces and use common personnel and strategies for new product development, marketing and the sourcing of raw materials.
We qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
| have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditors report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis); |
| submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes, such as say-on-pay and say-on-frequency; and |
| disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEOs compensation to median employee compensation. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest to occur of (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (2) the date that we become a large accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the
36
last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we still may qualify as a smaller reporting company which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with auditor attestation requirements pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
On March 18, 2013, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., from an institutional investor in a leveraged buyout transaction. Unique Fabricating NA had two wholly owned subsidiaries, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., which we also acquired as part of the transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $41.50 million, subject to adjustments, based upon Unique Fabricating NAs working capital at closing. Pursuant to such adjustments, we paid an additional $2.18 million at the March 2013 Closing, but later received a post-closing adjustment of $0.52 million. Our 2013 financial results include transaction related expenses for the previous owners and us. These expenses include payments under the predecessors phantom stock program paid to management at the March 2013 closing and expensed as compensation expense. On December 18, 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets, or the PTI Business, of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or PTI, a Louisville, Kentucky based business for a cash purchase price of $16.0 million, including $1.0 million paid into an escrow account. Following the closing, we received a payment of $0.18 million from the sellers of the PTI Business as a result of post-closing calculations of net working capital. Our 2013 results include transaction related expenses from the PTI transaction. Our 2013 results incorporate PTIs operating results for the period from December 19, 2013 through December 29, 2013 only.
On February 6, 2014, we moved to become more vertically integrated by acquiring, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., substantially all of the assets, or the Chardan Business, of one of our key suppliers, Chardan, Corp., or Chardan, for a cash purchase price of $2.20 million paid at closing plus a promissory note in the amount of $0.50 million, the principal of which is payable in a lump sum on February 6, 2019. Following the closing, we made a payment to the seller of $0.12 million as a result of post-closing calculations of net working capital. For the fifty two weeks ended January 4, 2015, and for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 our financial results include transaction related expenses from the Chardan Business acquisition and results of operations of the Chardan Business from February 7, 2014 through January 4, 2015 and from February 7, 2014 through March 30, 2014.
We primarily operate within the highly competitive and cyclical automotive parts industry. Over the past four years the industry has experienced consistent growth as it recovered from the recession of 2009. Many sectors of the supply chain are operating near capacity. Over the same period we have grown our core automotive parts business at a faster rate than the industry as a whole, indicating we are taking market share from competitors and increasing our content per vehicle on the programs we supply. We expect this trend to continue.
For the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, the Company grew net sales and gross profit as a result of the acquisition of Chardan which was included for the full twelve weeks in 2015, new product introductions and continued growth of our core markets. Our top three customers during the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 accounted for net sales of $5.28 million or 16.3% of total net sales. In the same period in 2014, the same three customers accounted for net sales of $5.21 million or 17.9% of net sales. We financed the acquisition of Chardan on February 6, 2014 through a $2.2 million borrowing on our revolver and the issuance of $0.50 million principal amount of a 6% subordinated note to the seller.
For the year ended January 4, 2015, the Company grew net sales and gross profit as a result of the acquisitions of PTI and Chardan, new product introductions and continued growth of our core markets. Our top three customers during the year ended January 4, 2015 accounted for net sales of $22.40 million or 17.7% of total net sales. In the year ended December 29, 2013 which includes both the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 and the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, the same three customers accounted for net sales of $19.58 million or 24.4% of net sales.
37
Our acquisition of PTI has given us a foothold in other industries outside of the automotive part business including the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries. We plan to continue to diversify our business to other industrial sectors through both organic growth and opportunistic acquisitions.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Net sales | $ | 29,117 | $ | 32,431 |
Net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 were approximately $32.43 million compared to $29.12 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. Net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 reflected the results of the Chardan Business for the whole period which accounted for net sales of $0.88 million. The 2014 Successor Period net sales also included approximately $2.00 million attributable to our increased market penetration and content per vehicle, as well as new product introductions. Other increases in the 2015 Period were primarily attributable to a 2.7% overall increase respectively in North American vehicle production as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Materials | $ | 15,654 | $ | 16,858 | ||||
Direct labor and benefits | 3,665 | 4,447 | ||||||
Manufacturing overhead | 2,830 | 2,924 | ||||||
Sub-total | 22,149 | 24,229 | ||||||
Depreciation | 248 | 278 | ||||||
Cost of Sales | 22,397 | 24,507 | ||||||
Gross Profit | $ | 6,720 | $ | 7,924 |
The major components of cost of sales are raw materials purchased from third parties, direct labor and benefits, and manufacturing overhead, including facility costs, utilities, supplies, repairs and maintenance, insurance, freight costs of products shipped to customers and depreciation.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
Materials | 53.8 | % | 52.0 | % | ||||
Direct labor and benefits | 12.6 | % | 13.7 | % | ||||
Manufacturing overhead | 9.7 | % | 9.0 | % | ||||
Sub-total | 76.1 | % | 74.7 | % | ||||
Depreciation | 0.8 | % | 0.9 | % | ||||
Cost of Sales | 76.9 | % | 75.6 | % | ||||
Gross Profit | 23.1 | % | 24.4 | % |
38
Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 decreased to 75.6% from 76.9% for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. The decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was attributable to a decline in material cost as a percentage of net sales to 52.0% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 from 53.8% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decline is a result of improved material purchasing as we utilized our increased spending at many raw material suppliers, and improved material utilization. In addition, our acquisition of Chardan has eliminated the material markup on the products that they supply to us. Direct labor and benefit costs as a percentage of net sales was 13.7% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 compared to 12.6% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. Labor and benefit costs in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 were higher due to the increase in the number of hourly employees and outside temporary employees in the period. Manufacturing overhead costs as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.0% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 from 9.7% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, as net sales have grown at a faster rate than the fixed portion of plant overhead costs. Repair and maintenance expenses as a percentage of net sales also decreased in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015.
As a result of the decline in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales described above, gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 increased to 24.4% from 23.1% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen weeks Ended Mar 30, 2014 | Twelve weeks Ended Mar 29, 2015 | |||||||
(in thousands, except SG&A as a
% of net sales) |
||||||||
SG&A, exclusive of line items below | $ | 4,245 | $ | 4,674 | ||||
Transaction expenses | 204 | | ||||||
Subtotal | 4,449 | 4,674 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 634 | 569 | ||||||
SG&A | $ | 5,083 | $ | 5,243 | ||||
SG&A as a % of net sales | 17.5 | % | 16.2 | % |
SG&A as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 decreased to 16.2% from 17.5% from the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decrease is primarily attributable to transaction related expenses of $0.20 million included in the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 compared to no transaction related expenses in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. The transaction expenses in 2014 were related to the acquisition of Chardan.
As a result of the foregoing factors, operating income for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 Period was $2.68 million compared to operating income of $1.64 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 Period.
Interest expense was approximately $0.86 million for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, compared to $0.98 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decrease in interest expense in the 2015 period was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense on the Term Loan from $0.31 million in the 2014 period to $0.18 million in the 2015 period primarily due to $2.0 million less remaining on the principal balance of the term loan in 2015 as well as a lower average interest rate in 2015.
As a result of the foregoing factors, income before income taxes for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 was $1.83 million, compared to $0.66 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
39
For the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, the estimated effective income tax rate of 34.8%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $0.64 million. The effective rate and statutory rate were in alignment with each other for the period. During the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 the estimated effective income tax rate of 30.2%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $0.20 million. The difference between the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly a result of the domestic production activities deduction, or DPAD which provided a $0.03 million income tax benefit which reduced our effective tax rate by 4.1%. The Company has deferred tax assets associated with timing differences between when an expense is recorded for book purposes versus when it is deductible for tax. The Company has considered evidence both supporting and not supporting the determination that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, and has not recorded a tax valuation allowance as of March 29, 2015. The Company will continue to evaluate whether the deferred tax assets will be realizable, and if appropriate, will record a valuation allowance against these assets.
As a result of the increased net sales and changes in expenses discussed above, net income for the year ended March 29, 2015 Period was $1.19 million compared to $0.46 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 16,378 | $ | 63,879 | $ | 126,480 |
Net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 were approximately $126.48 million compared to $63.88 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and $16.38 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. Net sales for the years ended January 4, 2015 reflected the results of PTIs Business for the whole period and the results of Chardans Business from February 6, 2014 which, in the aggregate, increased net sales by $31.85 million. 2014 net sales also included approximately $11.00 million attributable to our increased market penetration and content per vehicle, as well as new product introductions. Other increases in 2014 were primarily attributable to a 5.0% overall increase respectively in North American vehicle production as compared to the total production for the Successor Period March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Materials | $ | 8,813 | $ | 34,118 | $ | 65,539 | ||||||
Direct labor and benefits | 2,143 | 8,270 | 16,444 | |||||||||
Manufacturing overhead | 1,651 | 6,123 | 12,005 | |||||||||
Sub-total | 12,607 | 48,511 | 93,988 | |||||||||
Depreciation | 110 | 473 | 1,032 | |||||||||
Cost of Sales | 12,717 | 48,984 | 95,020 | |||||||||
Gross Profit | $ | 3,661 | $ | 14,895 | $ | 31,460 |
40
The major components of cost of sales are raw materials purchased from third parties, direct labor and benefits, and manufacturing overhead, including facility costs, utilities, supplies, repairs and maintenance, insurance, freight costs of products shipped to customers and depreciation.
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
Materials | 53.8 | % | 53.5 | % | 51.8 | % | ||||||
Direct labor and benefits | 13.1 | % | 12.9 | % | 13.0 | % | ||||||
Manufacturing overhead | 10.1 | % | 9.6 | % | 9.5 | % | ||||||
Sub-total | 77.0 | % | 76.0 | % | 74.3 | % | ||||||
Depreciation | 0.6 | % | 0.7 | % | 0.8 | % | ||||||
Cost of Sales | 77.6 | % | 76.7 | % | 75.1 | % | ||||||
Gross Profit | 22.4 | % | 23.3 | % | 24.9 | % |
Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 decreased to 75.1% from 76.7% and 77.6% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively. The decrease for the year ended January 4, 2015 was attributable to a decline in material cost as a percentage of net sales to 51.8% for the year ended January 4, 2015 from 53.5% and 53.8%% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively. The decline is a result of improved material purchasing as we utilized our increased spending at many raw material suppliers due to the acquisition of the PTI Business, and improved material utilization. In addition, our acquisition of the Chardan Business has eliminated its material markup on the products that it supplies to us. Direct labor and benefit costs as a percentage of net sales was 13.0% for the year ended January 4, 2015 compared to 12.9% and 13.1% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. Labor and benefit costs in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 as a percentage of net sales were slightly higher due to higher payroll tax expense as employer payroll taxes are largely incurred in the first quarter of every year. Manufacturing overhead costs as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.5% for the year ended January 4, 2015 from 9.6% and 10.1% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively, as net sales have grown at a faster rate than the fixed portion of plant overhead costs.
As a result of the decline in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales described above, gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period increased to 24.9% from 23.3% and 22.4% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively.
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except SG&A as a % of net sales) | ||||||||||||
SG&A, exclusive of line items below | $ | 2,223 | $ | 9,570 | $ | 18,496 | ||||||
Change in control expense | 1,890 | | | |||||||||
Transaction expenses | 905 | 895 | 237 | |||||||||
Compliance related costs associated with IPO | | | 100 | |||||||||
Subtotal | 5,018 | 10,465 | 18,833 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 8 | 1,604 | 2,493 | |||||||||
SG&A | $ | 5,026 | $ | 12,069 | $ | 21,326 | ||||||
SG&A as a % of net sales | 30.7 | % | 18.9 | % | 16.9 | % |
41
SG&A as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 decreased to 16.9% from 18.9% and 30.7% in the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively. The decrease is primarily attributable to transaction related expenses of $0.90 million included in the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and transaction related expenses of $0.91 million and change in control expenses of $1.89 million included in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 related to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. Only $0.24 million of transaction related costs as a result of the Chardan acquisition were incurred in the year ended January 4, 2015. Also, the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 includes only twenty seven weeks of amortization of intangible assets identified in the purchase price allocation from the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., while the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period includes the full fifty two weeks of amortization.
As a result of the foregoing factors, operating income for the year ended January 4, 2015 was $10.13 million compared to operating income of $2.83 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and an operating loss of $1.37 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.
Interest expense was approximately $3.67 million for the year ended January 4, 2015, compared to $2.31 million and $0.25 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively. The increase in interest expense in the 2014 Successor Period was due to the increased debt associated with the financing of the acquisitions of the PTI Business and the Chardan Business. In addition, the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 only included thirty nine weeks of interest expense on the debt incurred to finance the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.
As a result of the foregoing factors, income before income taxes for the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period was $6.54 million, compared to $0.54 million during the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and a loss of $1.61 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.
For the year ended January 4, 2015, the estimated annual effective income tax rate of 31.7%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $2.07 million. The difference in the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly due to the domestic production activities deduction, or DPAD, which provided a $0.18 million income tax benefit which reduced our effective tax rate by 2.8%. During the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 the credit for income taxes was $0.45 million, resulting in an effective rate of 27.9%. The difference between the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly a result of nondeductible transaction costs incurred due to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. resulting in a $0.16 million income tax expense which reduced our effective tax benefit by 9.9%. During the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, our effective tax rate was 53.1%, mainly due to nondeductible transaction costs and DPAD which increased our effective tax rate by 16.6%. Transaction costs caused an increase in income taxes of $0.14 million which were partially offset by DPAD, which provided a $0.06 million income tax benefit. The Company has deferred tax assets associated with timing differences between when an expense is recorded for book purposes versus when it is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company has considered evidence both supporting and not supporting the determination that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, and has not recorded a tax valuation allowance as of January 4, 2015. The Company will continue to evaluate whether the deferred tax assets will be realizable, and if appropriate, will record a valuation allowance against these assets.
42
As a result of increased net sales and changes in expenses discussed above, net income for the year ended January 4, 2015 was $4.47 million compared to $0.25 million during the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and a loss of $1.16 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving line of credit from our senior lender. Our primary uses of cash are payment of vendors, payroll, operating costs, capital expenditures and debt service. As of January 4, 2015 and March 29, 2015, we had a cash balance of $0.76 million and $0.66 million, respectively. Our excess cash balance is swept daily and applied to reduce borrowings under our revolving line of credit, which remains available for re-borrowing, as needed, subject to compliance with the terms of the facility. As of January 4, 2015 and March 29, 2015, we had $10.45 million and $10.05 million, respectively, available to be borrowed under our revolving credit facility. At each such date, we were in compliance with all debt covenants. We believe that our sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations, existing cash and our revolving credit facility are sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next fifty two weeks.
While we believe we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our current operating requirement and expansion plans, we may elect to pursue additional growth opportunities that could require additional debt or equity financing. If we are unable to secure additional financing at favorable terms in order to pursue such additional growth opportunities, our ability to pursue such opportunities could be materially adversely affected. The following table presents cash flow data for the periods indicated.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Thirteen weeks
Ended Mar 30, 2014 |
Twelve weeks
Ended Mar 29, 2015 |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Cash flow data
|
||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in):
|
||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (316 | ) | $ | 1,131 | |||
Investing activities | (2,432 | ) | (1,150 | ) | ||||
Financing activities | 2,537 | (75 | ) |
As a public company, we will incur additional general and administrative expenses that we did not incur as a private company, such as, increased directors and officers liability insurance premiums, investor relation costs, NYSE MKT listing expenses and increased legal and accounting expenses.
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists of net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, amortization of deferred financing charges, loss on derivative instruments, bad debt expense, stock option and warrant expense, accrued interest, changes in deferred income taxes, and the effect of working capital changes. The primary drivers of cash inflows and outflows are accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued interest.
During the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $1.13 million, compared to cash used in operating activities of $0.32 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
Net cash for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 was mainly impacted by net income of $1.2 million resulting from the expansion of our operations.
The thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 was primarily impacted by transaction related expenses incurred as a result of the acquisition of Chardan.
43
Cash used in investing activities consists principally of business acquisitions and purchases of property, plant and equipment.
In the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, we made capital expenditures of $1.15 million of which $0.79 million was related to the construction of a new facility in Georgia as described below.
In the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, we paid $2.32 million in cash to acquire the Chardan Business. During the period, we made capital expenditures of $0.12 million mainly for increased manufacturing capacity.
We plan to spend a total of approximately $3.57 million on capital expenditures during fiscal year 2015, which includes the approximate $1.10 million to finish constructing and equipping a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. Construction was financed with borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility. Our senior lender has agreed to provide financing for the construction in the form of an expanded term loan secured by a first mortgage on the new facility and its equipment. The Walker County Development Authority has proposed to provide to us a tax abatement for state, local and school taxes for ten years, which will be conditioned, on among other things, our maintaining a minimum number of jobs at the existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia and the new facility, and transferring the new facility, for the term of the abatement, to the authority. The authority will lease the new facility to us and resell it to us, for a nominal cost, at the end of the term of the abatement.
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities consisted principally of borrowings and payments under our senior credit facility, payment of debt issuance costs, proceeds from the sale of stock, the repayment of debt assumed through acquisitions, and post acquisition payments of the Unique Fabricating purchase.
In the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, we had net proceeds from our revolving credit facility of $0.39 million.
As of March 29, 2015, $9.35 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the revolver are subject to a borrowing base and reduced to the extent of letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility. As of March 29, 2015, the maximum additional available borrowings under the revolver was $10.05 million based upon the borrowing base and after giving effect to a $0.10 million letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of our facilities.
In the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, we had net proceeds of $2.88 million from our revolving credit facility.
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | ||||||||||
Period from
Dec 31 Mar 17, 2013 |
Period from
Mar 18 Dec 29, 2013 |
Year Ended
Jan 4, 2015 |
||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Cash flow data
|
||||||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in):
|
||||||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (256 | ) | $ | (253 | ) | $ | 7,128 | ||||
Investing activities | (506 | ) | (45,988 | ) | (6,180 | ) | ||||||
Financing activities | 544 | 47,133 | (1,084 | ) |
As a public company, we will incur additional general and administrative expenses that we did not incur as a private company, such as, increased directors and officers liability insurance premiums, investor relations costs, NYSE MKT listing expenses and increased legal and accounting expenses.
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists of net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, amortization of deferred financing charges, loss on derivative instruments, bad debt expense, stock option and warrant expense, accrued interest, changes in deferred income
44
taxes, and the effect of working capital changes. The primary drivers of cash inflows and outflows are accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued interest.
During the year ended January 4, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $7.13 million, compared to cash used in operating activities of $0.25 million for the Successor Period from March 18 through December 29, 2013 and $0.26 million in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended January 4, 2015 was mainly impacted by net income of $4.47 million resulting from the expansion of our operations, and including $2.33 million as a result of our acquisitions of PTI and Chardan.
Cash provided by operating activities for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 was primarily impacted by transaction related expenses incurred as a result of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.
Cash provided by operating activities for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 was primarily impacted by a net loss of $1.16 million.
Cash used in investing activities consists principally of business acquisitions and purchases of property, plant and equipment.
In the year ended January 4, 2015, we paid $2.32 million in cash to acquire the Chardan Business, and we made capital expenditures of $3.89 million during the period mainly related to increasing our manufacturing capacity and operational improvements specifically related to the construction of a new facility in Georgia as described below, of which $2.58 million was specifically incurred in 2014.
For the March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 Successor Period, we paid $41.50 million for Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. but received a payment of $0.52 million from the sellers as a post-closing working capital adjustment. We also acquired the assets of PTI for $16.41 million, net of cash acquired. During the period, we made capital expenditures of $0.88 million mainly for increased thermoforming capacity.
In the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 we made capital expenditures of $0.55 million respectively in the ordinary course of business.
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities consisted principally of borrowings and payments under our senior credit facility, payment of debt issuance costs, proceeds from the sale of stock and the repayment of debt assumed through acquisitions.
In the year ended January 4, 2015, we had net payments of $0.81 million under our senior credit facility.
As of January 4, 2015, $8.95 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the revolver are subject to a borrowing base and reduced to the extent of letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility. As of January 4, 2015, the maximum additional available borrowings under the revolver was $10.45 million based upon the borrowing base and after giving effect to a $0.10 million letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of our facilities.
For the Successor Period from March 18 through December 29, 2013, we had net borrowings of $41.92 million under our senior credit facility and our 16% senior subordinated note primarily related to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. and PTI. In addition, we had $18.21 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock, which was used to fund the acquisitions. These amounts were offset by the payment of debt assumed in the acquisitions of $10.27 million and the payment of debt issuance costs of $1.49 million.
In the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 we had net proceeds from our revolving credit facility of $0.50 million.
45
We maintain a senior credit facility with Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly RBS Citizens, N.A.) pursuant to which we currently may borrow up to $19.50 million under the revolver and up to $20.00 million under the term loan. The term loan bears interest at the LIBOR rate for a period equal to one month, plus 3.0% to 3.5%. The term loan matures in December 2017. The revolver bears interest at the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%. We are permitted to prepay in part or in full amounts due under the senior credit facility without penalty. Our obligations under the senior credit facility may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, which include customary events for a financing arrangement of this type, including, without limitation, payment defaults, defaults in the performance of affirmative or negative covenants (including financial ratio maintenance requirements), bankruptcy or related defaults, defaults on certain other indebtedness, the material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, material adverse changes, and changes related to ownership. In the event of an event of default, the interest rate on the revolver and term loan will increase by 2.0% per annum plus the then applicable rate. The senior credit facility requires that we repay term loan principal annually in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, as defined, for the year end 2014 and for each subsequent year until the senior loan coverage, as defined, calculated as of the end of each year is less than 2:00 to 1:00. An amendment in 2014 increased the amount available under the revolver to $19.50 million to enable us to finance the construction of a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia, as noted above. Our senior lender has agreed to provide an expanded term loan secured by a first mortgage on the new facility and its equipment. The amount available to be borrowed under the revolver will be reduced to $15.0 million upon the closing of such financing.
Unique Fabricating NAs obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by each of its United States subsidiaries and by Unique Fabricating, Inc. and secured by a first priority security interest in all tangible and intangible assets, including capital stock of the United States subsidiaries of Unique Fabricating NA and by a mortgage on our facilities in LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Fort Smith, Arkansas and Murfreesboro, Tennessee.
In accordance with the requirements of our senior credit facility, we purchased a derivative financial instrument for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks related to cash flow variability caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap that we have elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently as interest expense.
Effective April 26, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $4.71 million. Effective January 14, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility in December 2013, we entered into a new interest rate swap that requires us to pay 1.27% fixed interest while receiving a variable base rate of one-month LIBOR. The notional amount of the swap began at $10.00 million and decreases by $0.25 million each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins to decrease by $0.31 million per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017.
At March 29, 2015, we had outstanding $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note. The senior subordinated note is expressly junior and subordinated only to the debt outstanding under the senior credit facility. Interest on the subordinated note accrues at a rate of 16.0% per annum, payable monthly. The Company may elect a minimum cash interest rate of 12.0% and defer up to 4.0% interest by delivering an in-kind note. Accrued interest on the senior subordinated note is approximately $0.13 million as of March 29, 2015. The senior subordinated note matures on March 16, 2018. The senior subordinated note may be prepaid at any time after the second anniversary of the date of its issuance in March 2013 without a prepayment premium or penalty. The senior subordinated note is secured by a security interest, which is subordinated to the security interest securing debt outstanding under the senior credit facility, in all tangible and intangible interests, including capital stock of our United States subsidiaries. We intend to prepay the senior subordinated note with the net proceeds from this offering, and, to the extent that the net proceeds are not sufficient to repay the note, in full, with borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility. The holder of the 16% senior subordinated note also holds equity interests, and therefore is a related party.
46
For all of our borrowings, we must comply with a minimum debt service financial covenant and a senior funded indebtedness to EBITDA covenant, as defined. As of March 29, 2015, we are in compliance with these covenants.
The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note also contain customary affirmative covenants, including: (1) maintenance of legal existence and compliance with laws and regulations; (2) delivery of consolidated financial statements and other information; (3) maintenance of properties in good working order; (4) payment of taxes; (5) delivery of notices of defaults, litigation, ERISA events and material adverse changes; (6) maintenance of adequate insurance; and (7) inspection of books and records.
The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note also contain customary negative covenants, including restrictions on: (1) the incurrence of additional debt; (2) liens and sale-leaseback transactions; (3) loans and investments; (4) guarantees and hedging agreements; (5) the sale, transfer or disposition of assets and businesses; (6) dividends on, and redemptions of, equity interests and other restricted payments, including dividends and distributions to the issuer by its subsidiaries; (7) transactions with affiliates; (8) changes in the business conducted by us; (9) payment or amendment of subordinated debt and organizational documents; and (10) maximum capital expenditures.
We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital expenditures, or capital resources that are material to an investment in our securities.
In the normal course of business, we provide customers with indemnification provisions of varying scope against claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties arising from the use of our products. Historically, costs related to these indemnification provisions have not been significant and we are unable to estimate the maximum potential impact of these indemnification provisions on our future results of operations. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of stockholders equity or consolidated cash flows.
The following table summarizes our future minimum payments under contractual commitments as of January 4, 2015:
Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual Cash Obligations | Total |
Less than
1 year |
1 3
years |
3 5
years |
More than
5 years |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Operating leases | $ | 5,849 | $ | 1,281 | $ | 2,193 | $ | 1,894 | $ | 481 | ||||||||||
Long-term debt (1) | 40,628 | 2,018 | 24,977 | 13,633 | | |||||||||||||||
Management services agreement | 1,500 | 300 | 600 | 600 | |
(1) | Includes the 16% senior subordinated note which we intend to pay with the net proceeds of this offering. |
The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of
47
these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect amounts reported in those statements. We have made our best estimates of certain amounts contained in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. However, application of our accounting policies involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Management believes that the estimates, assumptions, and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In accordance with accounting guidance for the provisions in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations , we allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill.
We use all available information to estimate fair values. We typically engage outside appraisal firms to assist in the fair value determination of identifiable intangible assets and any other significant assets or liabilities. We adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date as we obtain more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.
Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
Other estimates used in determining fair value include, but are not limited to, future cash flows or income related to intangibles, market rate assumptions and appropriate discount rates. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but that are inherently uncertain, and therefore, may not be realized. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
Establishing valuation allowances for doubtful accounts requires the use of estimates and judgment in regard to the risk exposure and ultimate realization. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established based upon analysis of trade receivables for known collectability issues, including bankruptcies, and aging of receivables at the end of each period. Changes to our assumptions could materially affect our recorded allowance. Also, while the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, certain customers are significant and a general economic downturn could result in higher than expected defaults and, therefore, the need to revise the estimates for bad debts.
Inventories are valued at lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventory includes the cost of materials, labor, and overhead. Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight in, handling costs and spoilage are recognized as current period charges. Overhead is allocated to inventory based upon normal capacity at the production facility.
We review our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. This review utilizes a two-step impairment test covering goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a measurement and comparison of the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting units goodwill exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.
48
The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit and corresponding goodwill require us to make significant judgments and estimates. These assumptions require significant judgment and are subject to a considerable degree of uncertainty. We believe that the assumptions and estimates in our review of goodwill for impairment are reasonable. However, different assumptions could materially affect our conclusions on this matter.
Our identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Our long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying value of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Significant judgments and estimates are used by management when evaluating long-lived assets for impairment. If management used different estimates and assumptions in its impairment tests, then the Company could recognize different amounts of expense over future periods.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.
When establishing a valuation allowance, we consider future sources of taxable income such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. A tax planning strategy is defined as an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets. In the event we determine it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such a determination. The valuation of deferred tax assets requires judgment and accounting for the deferred tax effect of events that have been recorded in the financial statements or in tax returns and our future projected profitability. Changes in our estimates, due to unforeseen events or otherwise, could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We calculate our current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to managements assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. We use a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that our assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We report tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowance balances. However, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may be materially different from the current estimate.
We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.
49
Our borrowings under notes payable are at fixed interest rates, but our borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at fluctuating rates. In order to mitigate, in part, the potential effects of the fluctuating rates, effective as of January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility, we entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount initially of $10.00 million, which decreases by $0.25 million each quarter until March 31, 2016 when it decreases by $0.31 million per quarter until the swap terminates on January 31, 2017. The swap requires that the Company pay a fixed rate of 1.27% while receiving a variable rate based on one month LIBOR. See note 7 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 4, 2015. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.
Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. To date, substantially all of our bookings and operating expenses have been denominated in U.S. dollars, therefore we are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. However, if our international operations continue to grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates may become greater. We intend to continue to assess our approach to managing this potential risk. Currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and exchange rate fluctuations have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transaction.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies that comply with all public company accounting standards.
We do not expect that recently issued accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
50
Unique is engaged in the engineering and manufacture of multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications. The Company combines a long history of organic growth with some more recent strategic acquisitions to diversify both product capabilities and markets served.
Uniques market served is the North America automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC markets. Sales are conducted directly with major automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC companies, referred throughout this prospectus as original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), or indirectly through the Tier 1 suppliers of these OEMs. The Company has its principal executive offices in Auburn Hills, Michigan and has sales, engineering and production facilities in Auburn Hills, Michigan, LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Ft. Smith, Arkansas, Murfreesboro, Tennessee, Bryan, Ohio and Monterrey, Mexico.
Unique derives the majority of its gross revenues from the sales of foam, rubber and plastic automotive products. These products are produced from a variety of manufacturing processes including die cutting, compression molding, thermoforming and fusion molding. We believe Unique has a broader array of processes and materials utilized than any of its direct competitors, based on our product offerings. By sealing out air noise and water intrusion, and by providing sound absorption and blocking, Uniques products improve the interior comfort of a vehicle, increasing perceived vehicle quality and the overall experience of its passengers. Uniques products perform similar functions for appliances, water heaters and HVAC systems, improving thermal characteristics, reducing noise and prolonging equipment life.
One of Uniques primary strengths lies in its ability to manage over 3,000 active part numbers while maintaining a stellar track record of only 11 rejected parts per million and 99% on-time delivery for over three million parts manufactured and shipped on a daily basis. Furthermore, Unique focuses resources on the areas of its business that add value to customers, particularly in its commercial, engineering and supply chain activities. Design innovation and rapid prototyping set Unique apart from the majority of its competitors. This low-capital intensive, value-add approach allowed Unique to generate for the year ended January 4, 2015 an approximate 30% annualized return on invested capital, which we define as our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures divided by fixed assets plus working capital.
Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating, Inc., was incorporated in the State of Michigan in 1975 and re-incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1998. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan, 48326. Unique Fabricating, Inc., was formed in January 2013 to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. In December 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets of PTI. In February 2014 we acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, through a newly formed subsidiary of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., Unique-Chardan, Inc.
The automotive parts industry provides components, systems, subsystems and modules to OEMs for the manufacture of new vehicles, with approximately $245 billion of North American annual revenue according to an April 2015 Bank of America Merrill Lynch report on the automotive supplier market. Within the automotive parts industry, North America is the Companys core market. We manufacture multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness management, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.
Demand for automotive parts in the OEM market is generally a function of the number of new vehicles produced, which is primarily driven by macro-economic factors such as credit availability, interest rates, fuel prices, consumer confidence, employment and other trends. Although OEM demand is tied to actual vehicle production, participants in the automotive parts industry also have the opportunity to grow through increasing product content per vehicle by further penetrating business with existing customers and in existing markets, gaining new customers and increasing their presence in global markets. We believe that as a company with a
51
North American presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and customer support capabilities, we are well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.
Overall, we expect long-term growth of vehicle sales and production in the OEM market. Recently, the industry has seen increased customer sales and production schedules with production volumes higher than OEM production volumes prior to the industry disruptions experienced after the financial market crisis of 2008. We anticipate that the North American automotive production will continue to recover from the low point experienced in 2009. According to IHS Automotive, North American vehicle production increased during 2014 to 17.0 million units, an expansion of 4.9% compared to 2013. Bolstered by a wave of new vehicle introductions and favorable demographic trends, IHS projects continued growth in North American unit production volumes to 17.4 million units in 2015 and 19.0 million units in 2021, as depicted in the following chart:
In addition to the overall industry growth, we believe there are a variety of trends that are influencing the future of the global automotive market. We believe we positively are positioned to benefit from an increasing number of trends driven by market forces such as:
| Fuel efficiency/vehicle light-weighting : Expanding government mandates on fuel efficiency and emission reductions, combined with rising fuel costs, will continue to force the automotive industry to focus on improving the fuel economy of vehicles. In addition, the evolution of materials utilized in vehicles is moving away from conventional steel as the primary material, which comprised approximately 65% of vehicles content in 2010, and is expected to decrease to 10 20% by 2025, according to industry sources. Conventional steel is expected to be increasingly replaced by lighter weight materials with increasing use of plastics and foam materials per vehicle. |
| Interior comfort : Comfort of interiors consistently rank in the top three factors that consumers consider when purchasing a new vehicle, and is a key area where vehicle manufactures can differentiate their vehicles. The comfort of the interior is an area of increased focus for the OEM manufacturers with each new generation of vehicles. This is expected to continue to increase the use of foam in seats and acoustical insulation in more and more vehicles. |
52
| Telematics and Infotainment : The increasing use of telematics and infotainment requires increasingly quieter vehicles for the telematics systems to recognize voice commands and passengers to enjoy the infotainment opinions. Over the next four years, approximately 80% of all new vehicles are expected to include voice recognition systems, increasing the need for quiet interiors. The result will be increased use of acoustic insulation materials, more precise air seals and other noise, vibration and harshness products in all vehicles. |
| Rapid pace of new vehicle launches : In order to meet consumers increasing demand for new products, the automotive market will see a significant number of new program launches from all vehicle manufacturers over the next few years. Each new vehicle launch creates new product opportunities for us because of the OEMs need for noise, vibration and harshness solutions as they discover unplanned noise issues at the launch of production for a new vehicle program. |
| Localization of production : Due to freight costs, currency fluctuations, logistic issues and protection of supply many foreign vehicle manufacturers have increased their production volumes in North America and are increasing local sourcing of vehicle components. The fact that Uniques production facilities are situated in geographic proximity to the majority of North American vehicle assembly locations provides a competitive advantage. |
We believe these market trends create opportunities for us to achieve above market growth rates as a result of increased content per vehicle, higher production volumes, geographic shifts in vehicle production, and evolving customer sourcing strategies. Our challenge is to continue developing leading edge solutions focused on addressing these trends, and applying those solutions via products with sustainable margins that enable our customers to produce distinctive market-leading products.
As an example of our innovative technical capabilities, we utilized our thermoforming process to develop and produce a line of lightweight flexible air duct systems for a leading OEM, providing an 80% weight reduction and enhanced functionality. This air duct system has developed into Uniques patent pending TwinShape line of proprietary ducts. Unique has secured development and prototyping contracts with four additional OEMs for potential inclusion of this product in vehicle programs starting with model years 2016 and 2017 vehicles.
We generate a significant number of new sales opportunities from customer challenges, such as buzz, squeak, rattle or noise, vibration and harshness issues, discovered during the launch of production for a new vehicle program. In many of these situations, we develop and begin supplying a solution within days, a level of responsiveness that avoids competitive request for quotations and produces premium value for our customers. Given the rapid pace of new vehicle launches over the next three years, we expect to benefit from an increasing number of opportunities sourced late in the launch cycle.
We are a leading provider of fabricated, non-metallic components to a diverse group of OEMs and tiered suppliers in the Appliance, HVAC, and Water Heater Industries. These sales represented approximately 14.8% of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. These components are primarily manufactured from foam, adhesives, fiberglass, rubber and board-back material. We have extensive materials, engineering and fabrication expertise and deliver custom-designed, innovative solutions for our customers. Our component solutions primarily consist of products used in gasketing, heat deflection, packaging, insulation, water seals, noise reduction and vibration control. Demand for these end-market products is largely driven by the health of the housing sector. We believe that each respective industry will receive the positive benefits of a recovering economy and especially the benefits of a recovering residential real estate market. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts that there will be approximately 1.2 million new housing starts in 2015. Their forecast is approximately double the number of housing starts in each individual year in 2009 2012, and approximately 20% more than 1.0 million new housing starts during 2014. We believe that all three industries are currently primed for favorable growth.
53
The United States appliance industry is forecast to show modest growth through 2017, as new and existing home sales, as well as home improvement spending, both of which have a direct impact on appliance industry sales, continue to show upward momentum. According to Appliance Magazines Annual US Appliance Industry Forecast issued in 2014, forecasted unit shipments for this industry in the United States are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 3.5% through 2017 to reach approximately 46.4 million units per year, which would put the industry close to its peak sales years of 2004 2006. We believe these benefits will increase the demand for our products from clients such as GE and Whirlpool.
The HVAC and water heater industries are also poised to benefit from the gains in the housing and home improvement markets. According to the same Appliance Magazine Industry Forecast, shipments of heating and cooling units in the United States are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 2.4% through 2017, while shipments of residential and commercial water heaters are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 2.6% through 2017. We believe this trend will increase the demand for our products from clients such as AO Smith, Rheem and Trane.
Our goals are exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery, competitive cost, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. The objective is for Unique to be the easiest company for our customers to do business with, while being a great place to work for our team members. We seek to execute a business model that generates sustainable ongoing adjusted free cash flow, thereby providing flexibility for capital allocation. We also strive to achieve growth at above industry levels through strong competitive capabilities in engineering, manufacturing, and program management that contribute to leading positions in cost and quality. In addition, the Company will selectively continue to pursue opportunistic acquisitions that provide additional products and processes, as well as entrance into new growth markets.
We work together with our customers in various stages of production, including initial concept and development, routine engineering problem resolution during their product launches and ongoing value engineering. In addition, we work together on component sourcing, quality assurance, manufacturing and delivery in order to develop long-standing business relationships. We believe we are well-positioned to meet customer needs and have a strong, established reputation with customers for providing high-quality products at competitive prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service. Given that both the automotive OEM business and the appliance/water heater OEM business involve long-term business awarded on a platform-by-platform basis, our intent is to leverage our strong technical expertise and customer relationships to obtain new platform awards.
Our mission is to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) management, water and air sealing and other functional and decorative applications. We employ our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives, our engineering and creative resources and rapid response to deliver rapid technical innovation, exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery and competitive costs. We believe the key to our core competitive strengths are as follows:
Strong technical expertise. We have tremendous depth of expertise and knowledge of materials, adhesives, manufacturing processes and the product applications of our customers. Our understanding of our customers design and performance needs, and how our products interface with their applications allows us to engineer effective product solutions. We believe that our engineering talent, test facilities and rapid prototyping capabilities distinguish us from our competitors and enable us to rapidly innovate and develop products that resolve customers problems, often within 24 to 48 hours. By understanding our customers products and processes, when we are confronted with a customer engineering challenge, we can conceptualize a design concept that allows us to capitalize on the optimum combination of materials to solve a given problem. We have the ability to create our own prototype tools in-house so that we can go directly from concept to hardware and quickly present tangible product solutions for our customers to evaluate. Our ability to rapidly address customer challenges and provide prototype parts that include the use of new materials, products or processes is one of our key competitive strengths.
54
Operational Excellence. We are dedicated to maintaining a culture of continuous improvement. We utilize lean manufacturing techniques and statistical methods to drive productivity and quality improvement. We use quality, delivery and speed-to-market as competitive advantages. Lean manufacturing not only improves overall costs and quality, it also improves product velocity through the manufacturing process. This leads to better response time and greater flexibility in scheduling. Our reputation for high quality, innovative products is attributable to a constant emphasis on engineering, including materials engineering, product and process engineering, and sales engineering, coupled with our dedication to lean manufacturing to ensure effective execution.
Depth of customer relationships. We have developed long-term relationships with a customer base that we target deliberately, each of which has substantial requirements for NVH management, water and air sealing, functional and decorative components. Due to our technical sophistication, raw material and adhesive innovation and rapid responsiveness, we have a reputation with our key customers as the supplier of choice for our core products within the North American automotive and appliance markets. Our sales engineers have developed deep relationships with the technical teams of our key customers. The customers engineers leverage our materials knowledge and utilize us as a resource to help them solve problems and/or pursue product enhancements. This enables us to become involved early in the design/development stage of new vehicles or appliances, leading to opportunities to introduce new products. In certain situations, we are able to influence the customer design specifications from which new business is awarded.
Key relationships with suppliers. We have long relationships with over 150 raw material and adhesive suppliers. We track new developments in materials, and pursue exclusive relationships with those suppliers that develop innovative raw materials and adhesives. Our key suppliers see us as a way to introduce their new products and technology to the marketplace and obtain the necessary customer approvals. This, in turn, can lead to Unique being first to market with certain products or materials. For example, this has led to us having exclusive access for our types of products to the only source of recycled polyol for polyurethane in the industry. While products incorporating these materials accounted for less than 1% of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015, we believe these recycled materials are opening up opportunities for new product variations that other competitors cannot offer. We constantly collaborate with our suppliers to develop new materials and adhesive combinations that exhibit a cost, quality and/or performance enhancement for our customers.
Proximity to key customers. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located to serve the North American automotive and appliance industries. Our primary manufacturing centers are in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and Mexico. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are within approximately 500 miles of over 80.0% of North American vehicle production, and even closer to major appliance manufacturing locations. This is advantageous, because our products are light in weight, and transportation costs can be a significant portion of the delivered cost of the products.
Our business strategy is to be a valued partner in our customers product development and production processes by producing exceptional quality and providing reliable on-time delivery, competitive costs, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. We utilize our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives combined with our engineering development and rapid responsiveness to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.
We have attempted to align our internal human resources and technical capabilities to take advantage of industry mega trends, such as light weighting, telematics, and reduced energy consumption, which we believe will produce profitable revenue growth opportunities from our existing operations. In addition, our growth plan includes initiatives to develop certain new products and new markets which provide incremental growth opportunities. We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to grow our business and increase profitability by focusing on the following:
Further Penetrate Existing Markets with Existing Products and Processes. We believe we are positioned to gain share and grow in existing markets with our current products and processes, capitalizing on the industrys increasing demand for NVH management content coupled with our capabilities, including exclusive
55
proprietary materials sold to existing customers and targeted new customers. As vehicles change materials to reduce weight, they are utilizing more rubber and plastic components like those designed and supplied by Unique. In addition, the increasing use of telematics is driving a need for quieter interiors in vehicles at all levels. This is causing an increase in the amount of acoustical insulation and solutions per vehicle. Separately, the rate of increase in vehicle production will be significantly higher in the Southern United States and Mexico over the next five years. We hope to capitalize on our ability to service customers in different geographical locations through our manufacturing facilities in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and Mexico.
Develop New Products and Processes for Existing Markets. We have developed and earned the reputation as a problem solver to our current customers. As a result, we are in the position to develop complementary products and processes that can be sold to the same purchasing and engineering groups that already do business with us. By adding products and processes to our portfolio that broaden our scope with existing engineers and purchasing groups, we can offer one stop shopping, that allows them to reduce their supply base and complexity, while increasing sales opportunities for Unique. We work closely with raw material and adhesive suppliers to develop innovative solutions that offer cost and performance improvement. We constantly focus on finding new applications for molded products utilizing thermoforming, compression and fusion molding. These activities frequently lead to the development of new or novel products not yet in common use. When this occurs, we actively explore the patentability of the product. Protection of our intellectual property is a conscious part of our strategy of using technology and innovation as a competitive advantage. An example of this is our patent pending light weight TwinShape duct technology.
Create New Markets with Existing Products and Processes. While the specific products may vary, we have identified numerous opportunities to sell products fabricated using die cut and molding technology into new markets such as medical and not currently served industrial markets. We have demonstrated the ability to develop cost effective products utilizing various materials. Our recent acquisitions have provided the Company with credible access to a variety of new markets for our products. Because of our strategic acquisitions, we are currently developing new products for the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries utilizing our various molding technologies. We are also exploring increased opportunities for medical products. Raw material and adhesive suppliers rely on us to provide marketplace insight into new or emerging customer challenges. We have the capability to combine new materials with new processes to create cost effective products in new markets
Pursue Acquisitions. We expect to selectively pursue acquisitions that add new products and/or processes or geographic and market expansion to further expand our portfolio of customer solutions. Management recently completed two accretive add-on acquisitions that added new markets and additional manufacturing processes to our capabilities. Management has a long history of identifying and successfully integrating new platforms. We will continue to use our relationship with our financial sponsor to identify evaluate and execute acquisition opportunities.
56
Uniques primary products, which are identified by manufacturing process die cut products, thermoformed/compression molded products and fusion molded products are highlighted below:
Uniques rapid responsiveness and extensive product and process capabilities are valued by its customers. We believe Uniques diverse product offering, derived from a broad base of raw materials utilizing multiple manufacturing technologies, is the most comprehensive of similar companies operating in this industry. Based on our knowledge of our competitors, we believe that the companies we compete with offer fewer material choices and/or possess fewer manufacturing process alternatives than Unique. Uniques access to broad production capabilities enables it to work with over 1,000 raw materials to develop the optimum solution for a given application. Uniques broad product offering results in it being a single-source supplier to customers, which creates a competitive advantage.
Unique is primarily a supplier of die cut non-metallic materials and components. This is the Companys core business, within all of its markets, developed through its technical expertise, broad customer base, strategic manufacturing footprint, diverse material selection and strong quality and delivery performance. Unique leverages its market position in die cutting by offering complementary products and processes such as thermoforming, compression molding and fusion molding.
Die cut products are utilized in applications such as air and water sealing, insulation, NVH performance and BSR conditions. Management estimates that the average light vehicle utilizes approximately $38.00 of non-metallic die cut components, based on typical product usage, implying a total North American automotive market of approximately $500 million. Unique is a market leader in this product area. The following diagram highlights examples of its die cut products:
57
In 2005, Unique began expanding its product offerings to include thermoformed and compression molded products. Unique leveraged its position as a manufacturer of core die cut products to gain traction with customers who wanted a single-source solution for other related products, such as thermoformed, compression molded and fusion molded components.
Management seeks to continue the development of molded products that are complementary to the Companys die cut products. These products have a higher engineering content and provide increased sales and margin growth. These products also differentiate Unique and make it more valuable to its target customers. The Companys development efforts in this area have led to innovative product solutions such as Uniques patent pending thermoformed HVAC duct modules, Uniques proprietary TwinShape duct line. The TwinShape line is currently in production at one vehicle OEM and in development at four other OEMs.
Uniques thermoformed and compression molded products include HVAC air ducts, door watershields, evaporator liners, console bin mats and fender insulators, among others. Unique believes there is significant room to grow within each of its thermoformed and compression molded product areas. The following diagram highlights examples of Uniques thermoformed and compression molded products:
58
The following highlights Uniques TwinShape line of innovative twin-sheet thermoformed air duct technology:
In 2008, Unique began to expand its product portfolio to include fusion molded components through an exclusive supply relationship with Chardan, Corp. In February 2014, Unique purchased the Chardan Business, bringing the fusion molding capability in-house. Fusion molding is an innovative foam molding process used to manufacture precise three dimensional components that are lightweight and provide excellent thermal and acoustic performance. Primarily used for NVH management and body sealing applications, the fusion molded products are complementary to Uniques other product lines and give Unique additional options to provide light-weighting and NVH management solutions to its customers.
In Europe, the market for fusion molded products is fairly developed; BMW, Mercedes and VW have integrated the technology in their vehicles for several years. The North American market for fusion molding is growing rapidly as European OEMs source more fusion molded products in their North American vehicles and the technology gains traction with domestic OEMs such as Chrysler and GM. In addition, since there are a very limited number of North American suppliers with the engineering and manufacturing capabilities to produce fusion molded components, Unique is well positioned to capitalize on the growth in the North American market.
Uniques fusion molded products include exterior mirror seals, cowl-to-hood seals, cowl-to-fender seals, and other NVH management and sealing applications like fillers, spacers and gaskets. The following diagram highlights examples of Uniques fusion molded products:
59
The following highlights the Uniques fusion molding technology:
The Companys customers are principally engaged in the North American automotive industry (approximately 80.3% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015), as well as in the manufacturing of durable residential housing and some commercial products as a result of our acquisition of PTI (approximately 14.8% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015). In the automotive market, the Companys sales are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers to the OEMs. Approximately 14.0% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 were made directly to vehicle OEMs. Sales of Company products, directly and indirectly through Tier I suppliers, to General Motors, Chrysler Group, LLC and Ford Motor Company represented 18%, 18% and 14%, respectively, of our total net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. Our three largest customers accounted for approximately 17.7% of our net sales for such period. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015.
We believe that customer sourcing decisions are based on the responsiveness of a supplier and its ability to deliver innovative solutions, quality products and competitive pricing. In order to be awarded opportunities, Unique strives to develop mutually beneficial relationships with its customers through technical support and consistent/predictable performance. Unique differentiates itself through innovation in materials, rapid responsiveness and broad manufacturing capabilities.
Unique estimates that the market for its core business for multi-material foam, rubber and plastic components utilized in NVH management, air and water sealing, functional and decorative applications to be approximately $500 million in North America. Unique believes that there is not any dominant supplier within the market, although Unique believes that it is the largest supplier, measured by net sales, within the market. There are significant barriers to entry into the market, including the complexities of managing production and ordering raw materials at the scale necessary and the difficulty, cost and length of time required to obtain acceptance by customers.
We have liability and other insurance coverage which we believe is sufficient to cover our risks.
As of March 29, 2015, we had 620 full-time and 176 contract workers. In the Auburn Hills, Michigan facility, 135 of the hourly workers are represented by a labor union and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is effective through August 22, 2016. In the Louisville, Kentucky facility, 16 hourly workers are represented by a labor union and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is effective through January 31, 2017. We have never experienced a material work stoppage or disruption to our business relating to employee matters. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
60
The following sets forth our facilities as of June 22, 2015.
Principal Uses | Location |
Approximate
Square Footage |
Owned or Leased | |||||||||
Headquarters,
Sales/Engineering, Manufacturing |
Auburn Hills, Michigan | 150,000 | Leased | |||||||||
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing |
LaFayette, Georgia | 72,000 | Owned | |||||||||
Manufacturing | LaFayette, Georgia | 75,000 | Owned | |||||||||
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing |
Monterrey, Mexico | 91,000 | Leased | |||||||||
Manufacturing | Bryan, Ohio | 42,000 | Leased | |||||||||
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing |
Louisville, Kentucky | 73,000 | Owned | |||||||||
Manufacturing | Evansville, Indiana | 66,500 | Owned | |||||||||
Manufacturing | Ft. Smith, Arkansas | 70,000 | Owned | |||||||||
Manufacturing | Murfreesboro, Tennessee | 71,000 | Owned | |||||||||
Manufacturing | Queretaro, Mexico | 32,000 | Leased |
We also have an independent sales representative who maintains offices in Baldham, Germany. We do not lease or own the facilities at which he maintains his offices.
Each of our owned properties has been mortgaged to our senior lender to secure our borrowings under our senior credit facility.
Our manufacturing operations, facilities and properties in the United States and Mexico are subject to evolving foreign, federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and handling of chemicals and hazardous substances. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, penalties, costs, liabilities or restrictions on operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition.
We believe that our operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, and our compliance with such laws and regulations has not had, nor is it expected to have, a material impact on our earnings or competitive position. However, new requirements, more stringent application of existing requirements or the discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions could result in material environmental related expenditures in the future.
61
Management is not aware of any legal proceedings contemplated by any government authority or any other party involving our business. As of the date of this prospectus, no director, officer or affiliate is: (1) a party adverse to us in any legal proceeding, or (2) has an adverse interest to us in any legal proceeding. Management is not aware of any other legal proceedings pending or threatened against us.
62
Our directors and executive officers and their respective ages as of the date of this prospectus are as follows:
Name | Age | Position with the Company | ||
John Weinhardt | 64 | Chief Executive Officer, President and Director | ||
Thomas Tekiele | 47 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Richard L. Baum, Jr. | 55 | Chairman of the Board | ||
Paul Frascoia | 46 | Director | ||
William Cooke | 54 | Director | ||
Donn Viola | 69 | Director | ||
Kim Korth | 60 | Director | ||
James Illikman | 46 | Director |
The following describes the business experience of each of our directors and executive officers, including other directorships held in reporting companies:
John joined the board in 2007 and has served in his current role as President and Chief Executive Officer since 2009. Prior to Unique, John was a Principal in the Operations Group at American Capital, Ltd. Before joining American Capital, John was the head of manufacturing operations at Rain Bird Corporation. Prior to Rain Bird, he was President, Chief Operating Officer and part owner of Digitron Packaging. John has held senior management positions at AlliedSignal, Danaher Corporation, Prestolite Wire Corporation, Fayette Tubular Products, Inc. and Newcor, Inc. John received his bachelors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and his MBA/MS from Purdue Universitys Krannert School of Management.
Tom joined Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. in 2001 as our Chief Financial Officer. Tom has twenty five years of experience with multi-plant financial management. Prior to joining Unique, Tom was the Corporate Controller for Cardell Corporation, a privately held supplier of metal stamping and plastic injection molding products to the automotive industry. Prior to Cardell Corporation. Tom was an Audit Manager at the public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen. Tom earned a Bachelors degree in Accounting from Michigan State University. He holds an inactive CPA license.
Richard has served on the board as Chairman since our inception in 2013. Richard joined Taglich Private Equity in 2005 and currently sits on the boards of BG Staffing, Inc. (NYSE MKT: BGSF), and five other portfolio companies of Taglich Private Equity. Prior to joining Taglich Private Equity, Richard led a group that purchased a private equity portfolio from Transamerica. From 1998 to 2003, Richard was a Managing Director in the small business merger and acquisition practices of Wachovia Securities and its predecessor, First Union Securities. From 1988 through 1998, Richard was a Principal with the Mid-Atlantic Companies, Ltd., a financial services firm focused on succession planning for high net worth business owners and their families (First Union purchased Mid-Atlantic in 1998). Richard received a Bachelor of Science Degree from Drexel University and an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
Paul has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Critical Process Systems Group, or CPS, and its predecessors since 2007. CPS is a group of manufacturing and design companies providing innovative industrial product solutions to an array of industries including semiconductor, chemical processing, industrial gas, mining, power generation, and life sciences. Prior to the establishment of CPS, Mr. Frascoia was the President of Fab-Tech, Inc. from 2005 to 2007 and Chief Financial Officer from 2001 to 2005. Prior to joining
63
Fab-Tech he was Corporate Controller and Treasurer with Burton Snowboards, helping the company manage dramatic growth in core and affiliate brands. Before working for Burton, he was Corporate Controller of the Turtle Fur Company, the leading global winter sports accessory company. Mr. Frascoia received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the University of Vermont in 1990. He holds an inactive CPA license.
William joined Taglich Brothers in 2012 and participates in sourcing, evaluating, and executing new investments as well as monitoring existing investments. Prior to joining Taglich Brothers, he was a Managing Director of Glenwood Capital LLC from 2010 to 2012, where he advised middle-market clients on capital raising and mergers and acquisitions. From 2001 to 2009, William sourced, evaluated and executed mezzanine transactions for The Gladstone Companies and BHC Interim Funding II, L.P. Before entering the private equity industry, William served as a securities analyst primarily covering the automotive and industrial sectors for ABN AMRO Incorporated and McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. William received his BA degree from Michigan State University and MBA degree from the University of Michigan. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the board of directors of APR, LLC.
Donn serves as a director of Allied Specialty Vehicles, a manufacturer of fire apparatus, ambulances, recreational vehicles, buses and terminal equipment, and as a director of Manac, Inc., a North American manufacturer of custom semitrailers. Donn previously was a director of Williams Controls (NYSE MKT: WMCO) until its sale in December 2012. In addition, Donn is the Chairman of the Navistar Retiree Supplemental Benefit Plan. Donn served as Chief Operating Officer of Donnelly Corporation, an automotive parts supplier, from 1996 until his retirement in 2002. From 1990 to 1996, he held positions as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer with Mack Trucks, a heavy truck manufacturer. Before Mack Trucks, Donn worked as the Executive Vice President of the Cars and Concepts Division of Masco Industries. Prior to Masco, Donn was a Vice President of Manufacturing Operations for Volkswagen of America and a General Superintendent of Production for General Motors Corporation. Donn has a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Lehigh University and completed the Stanford University Executive Program.
Kim is President and Chief Executive Officer of TECHNIPLAS Group, a privately held group of specialized plastics companies that primarily serve the automotive, industrial, and medium and heavy truck industries. TECHNIPLAS is headquartered in Nashotah, Wisconsin and has four platform companies, Dickten Masch Plastics, based in Wisconsin, Nyloncraft based in Indiana, Weidmann Automotive & Industrial, based in Rapperswil Switzerland, and Vallotech based in Valorbe, Switzerland. Prior to joining the TECHNIPLAS Group, Kim was President and Chief Executive Officer of Supreme Industries, Inc. (NYSEMKT: STS), a producer of specialty vehicles based in Goshen, Indiana. Kim is also the founder of IRN Inc., a premier boutique-consulting firm focused on mid-sized manufacturing firms. Kim holds a B.A. degree from Western Michigan University and an M.I.M. from the American Graduate School of International Management (Thunderbird). She is currently a member of the board of Stoneridge Inc. (NYSE:SRI) and two other private companies. She is also a member of the Original Equipment Suppliers Association (OESA).
James joined Peninsula Capital Partners, LLC, a mezzanine and equity capital fund manager, in 2003 and became a partner in 2005. James has over twenty years of experience in private equity, mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and operations management. Prior to joining Peninsula Capital Partners, James was with Talon Equity Partners, LLC, a middle-market buyout firm, where he was responsible for investment origination and portfolio management. Before Talon Equity Partners, he held positions with Freudenberg-NOK General Partnership, United Technologies Corporation and the predecessor entity to Delphi Corporation. At these firms, James served in various corporate finance roles. James has also served as interim President and Chief Financial Officer of companies within his portfolio management responsibility. James earned both a Bachelor and Masters in Business Administration degrees from the University of Michigan. He is a member of the CFA Institute.
64
When considering whether the directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole to enable our board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively, the board focuses on the diversity of skills, business and professional business experience reflected in the descriptions above. In particular:
| With respect to Mr. Weinhardt, the board considered his knowledge of our operations as our Chief Executive Officer and President, his wealth of industry of experience related to our business and his experience as the principal executive officer and director of a publicly held corporation. |
| With respect to Mr. Baum, the board considered his perspective and experience with our ongoing strategy and operations that he has obtained through his service to the Company and his ability to evaluate and assist with potential acquisitions and financing opportunities. |
| With respect to Mr. Frascoia, the board considered his extensive managerial and financial expertise. |
| With respect to Mr. Cooke, the board considered his valuable financial expertise and his experience in evaluating transactions. |
| With respect to Mr. Viola, the board considered his extensive industry experience, including as chief operating officer of automotive parts suppliers and heavy truck manufacturers, and his experience, as a director of a publicly-held corporation, with management, compensation, finance and accounting issues. |
| With respect to Ms. Korth, the board considered her extensive experience in corporate governance issues as a director of a publicly-held corporation, organizational design, and development of strategies for growth and improved performance for automotive suppliers, as well as her insight into industry trends and expectations. |
| With respect to Mr. Illikman, the board considered his valuable experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and operations management. |
Each officer is appointed by and serves at the pleasure of the board subject to the terms of their respective employment agreements.
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The composition of our board of directors prior to this offering was governed by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement among the Company and the stockholders named herein, dated March 18, 2013, or the Stockholders Agreement, pursuant to which the Taglich founding investors, as defined, have designated Richard L. Baum, Jr., William M. Cooke, Paul Frascoia and Donn Viola as directors. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, Peninsula has designated James Illikman and Kim Korth as directors. The Stockholders Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, except for certain registration rights described in Shares Eligible for Future Sale. However, pursuant to a director nomination agreement which will be effective upon the completion of this agreement, Peninsula will have the right to nominate one director until such time as its beneficial ownership of our common stock is less than 5% of our total outstanding shares of common stock. The director initially nominated by Peninsula is James Illikman. Upon completion of the offering, Peninsula will beneficially own 16.71% of our shares of common stock.
In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, the successors to the directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting following the election. At the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
| The Class I directors will be William Cooke and Kim Korth, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; |
65
| The Class II directors will be Donn Viola and Paul Frascoia, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and |
| The Class III directors will be Richard L. Baum, Jr., John Weinhardt and James Illikman, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering. |
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
Under the rules and listing standards of NYSE MKT, or the NYSE Listing Rules, a majority of the members of our board of directors must satisfy the NYSE Listing Rules criteria for independence. No director qualifies as independent under the NYSE Listing Rules unless our board of directors affirmatively determines that the director does not have a relationship with us that would impair independence (directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Our board of directors has determined that our directors other than John Weinhardt are independent directors as defined under the NYSE Listing Rules. Mr. Weinhardt is not independent under the NYSE Listing Rules as a result of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions below for additional information.
The standing committees of our board of directors consist of an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Each of the committees reports to the board of directors as they deem appropriate and as the board may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below.
The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, retaining and evaluating our independent registered public accounting firm and approving all services to be performed by them; (2) overseeing our independent registered public accounting firms qualifications, independence and performance; (3) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (4) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (5) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (6) reviewing and approving related party transactions.
Our Audit Committee will consist of Paul Frascoia, Donn Viola, and Kim Korth. We believe that all qualify as independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to audit committee membership. We also believe that Paul Frascoia qualifies as our audit committee financial expert as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) and (iii) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee in connection with this offering, which will be available on our corporate website at www.uniquefab.com following the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.
The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer, and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.
Our Compensation Committee consists of Richard L. Baum, Jr., Donn Viola and James Illikman. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee in connection with this offering, which will be available on our corporate website at www.uniquefab.com following the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.
66
No member of our Compensation Committee is a current or former officer or employee of Unique Fabricating, Inc., or its subsidiaries or has had a relationship requiring disclosure by Unique Fabricating, Inc., under applicable federal securities regulations. No executive officer of Unique Fabricating, Inc. served as a director or member of the Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee.
None of our directors, executive officers or control persons has been involved in any of the following events during the past five years: (1) any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time; (2) any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences); (3) being subject to any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or (4) being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended or vacated.
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which outlines the principles of legal and ethical business conduct under which we do business. The code is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees and will be available on our corporate website following the completion of the offering. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act to the extent required by applicable rules and exchange requirements.
Some of our non-employee directors received cash compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of director during 2014. The following table provides information regarding total compensation that was granted to our non-employee directors during the year ended January 4, 2015.
Director Name | Total | |||
Richard L. Baum, Jr. (1) | $ | | ||
Paul Frascoia (2) | $ | 12,500 | ||
William Cooke (1) | $ | | ||
Donn J. Viola | $ | 25,000 | ||
Kim Korth | $ | 22,500 | ||
James Illikman (3) | $ | |
(1) | Taglich Private Equity provides services to the Company pursuant to a Management Service Agreement. These services have included the board services of board members Taglich Private Equity designated under the Stockholders Agreement. Historically, such board members, Richard L. Baum, Jr. and William Cooke, did not receive compensation from the Company for their board service. However, upon the completion of this offering, director fees will be paid directly to any director who is a related person of Taglich Private Equity or Taglich Brothers, and the annual consulting fee paid by the Company to Taglich Private Equity under the Management Services Agreement will be reduced by the amount of director fees so paid and by any equity awards received as compensation for serving on the board. |
(2) | Mr. Frascoia joined the board of directors in July 2014. |
(3) | Representative appointed by Peninsula who has not received compensation for board service. |
We intend to implement a formal policy to be effective upon completion of this offering pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.
67
The following describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, John Weinhardt, and our Chief Financial Officer, Thomas Tekiele. No other individuals served as an executive officer during the year ended January 4, 2015.
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended January 4, 2015.
Name and Principal Position | Year | Salary |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation (1) |
Other Compensation | Total | |||||||||||||||
John Weinhardt
President and Chief Executive Officer |
2014 | $ | 330,000 | $ | 496,788 | $ | 82,739 | (2) | $ | 909,527 | ||||||||||
Thomas Tekiele
Chief Financial Officer |
2014 | $ | 233,333 | $ | 96,895 | $ | 22,340 | (3) | $ | 352,568 |
(1) | The amounts reported reflect the following: (i) bonuses paid under each executives employment agreement; and (ii) amounts paid under our predecessors executive incentive compensation plan, which was organized as a phantom stock plan covering only specific executives. Participants became fully vested upon our acquisition of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. on March 18, 2013 which was a change of control under the plan. The amounts paid under the plan were the responsibility of the predecessor company and deducted from the purchase price paid by us paid to the predecessors owners. |
(2) | Includes relocation ($35,100), 401(k) contribution, car, housing and travel allowance. |
(3) | Includes 401(k) contribution and car allowance. |
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of January 4, 2015. Our named executive officers did not hold any restricted stock or other awards as of January 4, 2015.
Name |
Grant
Date (2) (3) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable |
Option
Exercise Price (1) |
Option
Expiration Date |
|||||||||||||||
John Weinhardt | 7/1/2013 | 54,000 | 81,000 | $ | 3.33 | 7/1/2023 | ||||||||||||||
Thomas Tekiele | 7/1/2013 | 18,000 | 27,000 | $ | 3.33 | 7/1/2023 |
(1) | This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. |
(2) | 20% of the shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period on each anniversary of the initial grant, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date. |
(3) | Option is subject to accelerated vesting upon a qualifying termination of the executives employment with us following a change of control. |
John Weinhardt, our Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas Tekiele, our Chief Financial Officer, were eligible to receive bonuses during fiscal year 2014 which provided for cash payments based upon achievement of specified performance objectives.
John Weinhardt has an annual bonus target of 75% of his base salary. Thomas Tekiele has an annual bonus target of 40% of his base salary. Bonuses are based on a combination of corporate performance against the Financial Plan approved by the board of directors and performance against certain individual goals and objectives. Bonuses are only paid if at least 75% of Plan results are achieved. Performance between 75% and
68
100% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout of that same percentage of the bonus target. Performance above 100% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout based on a bonus target multiplier of 2 for every percent that actual results exceed Plan. For example, achievement of 110% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout of 120% of the bonus target. The actual bonus paid is the potential bonus based on corporate performance factored by the individuals achievement of individual goals and objectives.
John Weinhardt has a one year employment agreement that currently expires on March 18, 2016 which renews automatically each year for successive one-year terms, on the same terms and conditions then in effect, unless notice of non-renewal is given by either Mr. Weinhardt or us at least 90 days prior to the end of the applicable term. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $330,000 per year (subject to annual review and increase as the Company deems appropriate, but not decrease except temporarily in case of severe reduction in the Companys sales) as well as certain benefits including vacation, health care and the use of a company paid leased car. The agreement provides for payment of lodging expenses in the Detroit metropolitan area of up to $2,000 per month, expenses for travel between the Detroit metropolitan area and Mr. Weinhardts principal residence of up to $1,000 per month and the payment of relocation costs of up to $100,000. The agreement provides for an annual bonus, subject to the satisfaction of terms and conditions determined by the board, of up to 75% of Mr. Weinhardts base salary.
Mr. Weinhardt is subject to a non-compete covenant, which provides that during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following his termination, Mr. Weinhardt may not, directly or indirectly, participate in, engage in or have a financial interest in or management position or other interest in any business that is competitive with the Companys business. Similarly, during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following the date of his termination, Mr. Weinhardt may not, directly or indirectly, solicit or otherwise interfere with the Companys relationship with any employee, customer or supplier of the Company. Mr. Weinhardt is also required to keep confidential during the term of employment and thereafter all confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its business.
Thomas Tekiele has a one year employment agreement that currently expires on March 18, 2016, which renews automatically each year for successive one-year terms, unless notice of non-renewal is given by Mr. Tekiele or us at least 90 days prior to the end of the then applicable term. The agreement provides for compensation in the form of base salary, currently $238,000 per year, and bonus, as well as certain benefits including vacation, health care and the use of a company car. The agreement provides for an annual bonus, subject to the satisfaction of terms and conditions determined by the board of up to 40% of Mr. Tekieles base salary.
Mr. Tekiele is subject to a non-compete covenant, which provides that during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following his termination, Mr. Tekiele may not, directly or indirectly, participate in, engage in or have a financial interest in or management position or other interest in any business that is competitive with the Companys business. Similarly, during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following the date of his termination, Mr. Tekiele may not, directly or indirectly, solicit or otherwise interfere with the Companys relationship with any employee, customer or supplier of the Company. Mr. Tekiele is also required to keep confidential during the term of employment and thereafter all confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its business.
Our employment agreements with our named executive officers described above provide that upon termination of the officer by the Company without cause or if the Company delivers a notice of non-renewal to an executive, the separating named executive officer is entitled to receive payment of the executives base salary for fifty two weeks or until such time as the executive accepts employment with another company, whichever period is shorter, and, if the executive elects COBRA coverage, continuation of all benefits during
69
the 12 month period, in accordance with our standard compensation and payroll procedures for active employees participating in such plans. Mr. Weinhardt also will be entitled to the use of a company paid leased vehicle, fuel and routine maintenance. Receipt of these severance benefits is contingent upon the separation of named executive officer executing and not revoking a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and compliance with the executives obligations under the employment agreement, including non-complete, non-solicitation and non-disclosure covenants, and under equity holder or other agreements.
Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in March 2013. The plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees, directors, consultants and any person or entity who has the contractual right to appoint a director. Grants of stock options may include incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options. The plan authorizes 495,000 shares of our common stock to be issued under the plan. As of the date of this prospectus, we have awarded options to our officers for an aggregate 180,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.33 per share. The plan is administered by our board or a committee, which in the discretion of the board is constituted to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act or Section 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
The plan provides that, on the date of the grant, the exercise price must equal at least 100% of the fair market value or, in the case of any incentive stock options, 110% of the fair market value with respect to optionees who own at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock. The fair market value is the closing sales price for our stock if it is listed on any established stock exchange or national market system or, if the common stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, determined by computing the arithmetic mean of our high and low asked prices on a given determination date. No option may have a term in excess of ten years from the date of grant; provided that for any incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, the term may not exceed five years from the date of grant. The consideration, to the extent approved by the plan administrator, may be paid by cash or cash equivalent, with other shares of the Company, subject to certain requirements, or any combination of such consideration.
Awards granted under the plan are generally not transferable by the participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each award is exercisable, during the lifetime of the participant. Additionally, any shares of our common stock received pursuant to an award granted under the plan, are subject to our buy-back rights in terms set forth in the award agreement.
Options granted under the plan vest as provided at the time of the grant. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless otherwise provided in the award agreement. If the successor does not assume the option or issue an equivalent option, the administrator will provide that (1) all options will become exercisable in full at a specified time prior to the change of control and will terminate upon its consummation of the change of control unless exercised prior thereto or (2) all options will terminate upon consummation of the change of control and each holder will receive a cash payment based upon the difference between the acquisition price per share in the transaction and the exercise price. The currently outstanding options vest 20% on the date of grant and then ratably at 20% per year over the next four years.
The plan may be amended, altered, suspended or terminated by the administrator at any time. We may not alter the rights and obligations under any award granted before amendment of the plan without the consent of the affected participant. Unless terminated sooner, the plan will terminate automatically in March 2023.
We have adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the closing of this offering. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in our
70
capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants rights.
Plan Administration . The 2014 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our board (which will consist exclusively of outside directors), or by such other committee consisting of not less than two non-employee directors appointed by the board. The committee will be comprised solely of directors qualified to administer the 2014 Plan pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. It also is expected that the composition of the committee will satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.162 27(e)(3) with respect to grants made to certain key executive officers, which is one of the factors necessary to enable the Company to avoid the income tax deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code on annual compensation in excess of $1,000,000.
Eligibility and Participation . Employees eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan include management and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined by the committee, including employees who are members of the board. Directors who are not employees and consultants to the Company also will be able to participate in the 2014 Plan.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan . In no event may any award under the 2014 Plan be granted on or after the tenth anniversary of the 2014 Plans effective date. The board may amend, modify or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. However, no amendment requiring stockholder approval for the 2014 Plan to continue to comply with Sections 162(m), 409A or 422 of the Code will be effective unless approved by stockholders, and no amendment, termination or modification will materially and adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the participant.
Awards Under the Plan
Stock Options . The committee may grant incentive stock option, or ISOs, non-qualified stock options, or non-ISOs, or a combination of ISOs and non-ISOs. There are certain tax advantages to employees who receive ISOs. However, certain restrictions also apply to such grants. ISOs can be granted only to employees (not to non-employee directors or consultants), and the option exercise price must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted (110% in the case of an individual who is a 10% owner of the Company). An ISO may not be exercised later than 10 years after the date of grant (five years in the case of 10% owners of the Company). ISOs also may not be exercised later than three months (one year in the case of a termination of employment due to disability) after the option holders termination of employment other than due to his or her death. Common stock will be deemed to be acquired under an ISO only with respect to the first $100,000 worth of common stock (valued on the date of grant) first exercisable in any calendar year and the excess number of shares will not be deemed to have been acquired under an ISO.
ISOs may be transferred only by will or under the laws of descent and distribution and, during the participants lifetime, will be exercisable only by the participant or his or her legal representative. Each stock option agreement will specify the holders (or his or her beneficiarys) rights in the event of retirement, death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in the stock option agreement, if an option holders employment is terminated for cause, as defined by the 2014 Plan, all options granted to such holder will be forfeited. The option exercise price is payable in cash, in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, by share withholding or a combination of the foregoing.
SARS . SARs may be in the form of freestanding SARs, SARs granted together with options, or tandem SARS, or a combination of both. The base value of a freestanding SAR must be equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The base value of a tandem SAR must be equal to the exercise price of the related option. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon such terms and conditions as are imposed by the committee and set forth under the SAR award agreement. A tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares of common stock for which its related option is exercisable. Tandem SARs will expire no later than the expiration of the related option and the term of any tandem SAR which is linked to an ISO may not exceed ten years. Tandem SARs may be exercised only when the fair market value
71
of the shares subject to the option exceeds the option exercise price. Furthermore, the number of shares of common stock that may be acquired under the related option will be reduced, one for one, by the number of shares with respect to which the tandem SAR is exercised.
Upon the exercise of an SAR, a participant will receive the difference between the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise and the base value multiplied by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Payment due upon exercise may be in cash, in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to such cash amount, or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the committee.
SARs may only be transferred by will or under the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of a participant, may be exercised only by the participant or his or her legal representative. Each SAR award agreement will specify the participants (and his or her beneficiarys) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in a grant award made to a particular participant, if a participant voluntarily terminates his employment (other than as a result of disability) without the Companys consent or without good reason, as defined, or if the participant is terminated for cause under the 2014 Plan, all SARs will be forfeited.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock are shares of common stock transferred to a participant which are subject to forfeiture if certain employment or vesting requirements are not met during the restriction period. Restricted stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable restriction period or upon earlier satisfaction of conditions specified by the committee. During the restriction period, holders may exercise full voting rights and will be credited with cash dividends. Dividends credited during the restriction period will be withheld by the Company until the related shares of restricted stock vest and will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of restricted stock with respect to which they were paid. All rights with respect to restricted stock will be available only during a participants lifetime, and each restricted stock award agreement will specify the participants (and his or her beneficiarys) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in an award agreement, if a participants employment is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the restriction period, all shares of restricted stock granted to such participant will be forfeited.
RSUs . Each RSU represents an agreement by the Company to deliver to the participant one share of common stock at a predetermined date. RSUs are subject to forfeiture if certain employment requirements or other vesting requirements are not met or if a participants employment is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the restriction period, unless otherwise provided in the award agreement. All rights with respect to RSUs will be available only during a participants lifetime, and each RSU award agreement will specify the participants (and his or her beneficiarys) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment.
Performance Shares and Performance Units. Performance shares and units are similar to shares of restricted stock and RSUs except that certain individual, financial or other company-related goals and targets must be met in order for the performance shares and units to become non-forfeitable. The committee will set performance goals which will determine the number and/or value of performance shares or units that will be paid to participants. The committee also may develop, subject to stockholder approval, goals and targets that must be met in order to determine the vesting and/or the amount of performance shares and/or units granted to key executives in order to avoid Section 162(m) limitations. Participants will be entitled to receive payment of the value of performance shares or units earned in cash and/or shares of common stock which have an aggregate fair market value equal to the value of the earned performance shares or units after the end of the applicable performance period. Prior to the beginning of each performance period, participants may elect to defer receipt of payout on such terms as the committee deems appropriate. Participants may be entitled to have dividends declared with respect to performance shares earned in connection with performance share/unit grants earned but not yet distributed held in their performance accounts, subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to dividends earned with respect to restricted stock. The performance shares and units may also be subject to other vesting requirements or other restrictions, such as continued employment for specified periods of time.
72
Except as may be provided in an award agreement with respect to a particular participant, in the event a participants employment is terminated for any reason, all performance shares and units granted to such participant will be forfeited. Performance shares and units may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Cash Incentives. Under the terms of a cash incentive grant, certain individual, financial or other Company-related goals and targets must be met in order for the cash incentives to become non-forfeitable and to determine the amount of the cash incentives to which a participant is entitled. The committee will set performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met during the performance periods established by the committee, will determine the value of cash incentives that will be paid to a participant. Participants will receive payment of the cash incentives at the end of the applicable performance periods. Prior to the beginning of each performance period, a participant may elect to defer receipt of payout on such terms as the committee deems appropriate. Except as may be provided in an award agreement with respect to a particular participant, if a participants employment is terminated for any reason, all unpaid cash incentives granted to such participant will be forfeited. Rights to cash incentives may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.
Limits on Grants. To avoid the income tax deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code on annual compensation in excess of $1,000,000, there are limits on the maximum number of options and SARS that may be granted, the maximum value of restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and shares that may be distributed and the maximum dollar amount of cash incentives that may be paid to any key executive under the 2014 Plan in any year.
As of the effective date of a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially of the assets or the change in control of the Company (and if the merger, consolidation or other transaction agreement does not provide for the continuation of awards or the substitution of new awards), (1) any option or SAR outstanding will become immediately exercisable and (2) any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on restricted stock will be deemed to have expired. Performance shares or units payable after the date of a merger, consolidation or other transaction will be paid in cash as of the date they originally were to be paid unless, subject to the limitations imposed by Code Section 409A, the Company or its successor determines to pay such amounts as of an earlier date. Except as may be provided in a particular award, the number of performance shares and units will be prorated based on the attainment of the applicable performance goals at the target level if, as a result of the merger, consolidation, or other transaction the value of such awards cannot be determined.
The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employees contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employees total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employees total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants.
No member of our compensation committee has at any time been an employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
73
The table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 1, 2015 by:
| each of our directors and named executive officers; |
| each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; and |
| all our directors and executive officers as a group. |
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. It is based on 6,739,998 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015 and 8,614,998 shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2015 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of computing beneficial ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, where applicable, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such persons name.
Michael Taglich and Robert Taglich and other persons employed by or otherwise affiliated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. who currently are stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price on the same terms and conditions of this offering except that any shares purchased by any such person will be subject to a lock-up agreement. Because these persons are restricted persons, as defined by FINRA Rule 5130, the number of shares that each may purchase is limited by FINRA rules to that number of shares that will not increase their percentage equity ownership of our common stock above their level of ownership as of three months prior to the filing of this registration statement. Certain of our directors also have indicated an interest in purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase shares and such persons may determine not to purchase shares or the underwriters may determine not to sell any shares to them. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these persons or entities as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. Persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. may not in the aggregate purchase more than 18.6% of the shares in this offering (assuming that each person purchases the maximum number of shares permitted under the FINRA rule. The table does not reflect any potential purchases by such persons, which purchases, if any, will increase the number and percentage of shares owned after the offering from those set forth in the table.
74
Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is as follows: c/o Unique Fabricating, Inc., 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326.
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number of
Shares Beneficially Owned |
Percent
Beneficially Owned Before this Offering |
Percent
Beneficially Owned After this Offering* |
|||||||||
Five percent stockholders
|
||||||||||||
The Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership
500 Woodward Avenue, Suite 2800 Detroit, Michigan 48226 |
1,444,632 | (1) (2) | 21.34 | 16.71 | ||||||||
Michael N. Taglich
790 New York Avenue, Suite 209 Huntington, New York 11743 |
426,900 | (3) | 6.32 | 4.94 | ||||||||
Robert Taglich
790 New York Avenue, Suite 209 Huntington, New York 11743 |
441,900 | (4) | 6.54 | 5.12 | ||||||||
Directors and named executive officers
|
||||||||||||
John Weinhardt, President and Chief Executive Officer | 223,500 | (5) | 3.28 | 2.57 | ||||||||
Thomas Tekiele, Chief Financial Officer | 85,500 | (6) | 1.26 | * | ||||||||
Richard L. Baum, Jr., Chairman | 257,994 | (7) | 3.82 | 2.99 | ||||||||
William Cooke, Director | 46,500 | (8) | * | * | ||||||||
Donn J. Viola, Director | 60,000 | * | * | |||||||||
Paul Frascoia, Director | 6,000 | * | * | |||||||||
Kim Korth, Director | 0 | * | * | |||||||||
James Illikman, Director | 0 | * | * | |||||||||
(all directors and officers as a group (eight) persons) | 679,494 | (5) (6) (7) (8) | 9.9 | 7.8 |
* | Represents less than one percent |
(1) | Includes 29,232 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant. |
(2) | Peninsulas President and Chief Investment Officer, Scott A. Reilly, exercises sole voting and dispositive power for the shares beneficially owned by Peninsula. |
(3) | Includes (a) 243,000 shares and 18,900 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant owned jointly by Mr. Taglich and his wife and (b) 9,000 shares owned by a trust for which Mr. Taglichs wife is trustee. |
(4) | Includes (a) 24,000 shares for which Mr. Taglich is custodian for his children and (b) 18,900 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. |
(5) | Includes 81,000 shares of common stock subject to currently exercisable options. Does not include an additional 54,000 shares which are subject to options which vest and become exercisable with respect to 27,000 shares each year during the next three years on the anniversary of the grant, July 1, 2013. |
(6) | Includes 27,000 shares of common stock subject to currently exercisable options. Does not include an additional 18,000 shares which are subject to options which vest and become exercisable with respect to 9,000 shares each year during the next three years on the anniversary of the grant, July 1, 2013. |
(7) | Includes shares owned by an investment partnership controlled by Mr. Baum, shares owned by family trusts and 21,993 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant. |
(8) | Includes 5,499 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant. |
75
Taglich Private Equity, LLC sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013 under the name UFI Acquisition, Inc. exclusively for the purpose of effecting the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Unique Fabricating, Inc. Unique Fabricating, Inc. subsequently changed its name to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. and we subsequently changed our name to Unique Fabricating, Inc. Taglich Private Equity, LLC has been sourcing and sponsoring management buyouts of companies since 2000 and often retains Taglich Brothers, Inc. as the equity capital placement agent for these transactions. Richard Baum, the Chairman of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Michael Taglich and Robert Taglich, each of whom is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock, are principals of Taglich Brothers, Inc., and Douglas Hailey, one of our former directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and Taglich Private Equity, LLC. William Cooke, one of our directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc.
Issuances of Common Stock to Founders . In January 2013, certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and Taglich Private Equity, LLC, along with certain members of our management and certain of our directors, purchased 999,999 shares of our common stock as founders stock at a price of $0.167 per share to finance the pursuit of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now known as Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.). Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Company is required to repurchase such shares at a price of $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes a qualified public offering for less than $4.00 per share. A qualified public offering is defined as a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of at least $15 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The aggregate cash proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would be $15,525,000. Our obligation to purchase founders stock will terminate upon the completion of this offering.
Acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc . In March 2013, in connection with the financing and closing of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.), we paid a total advisory fee of $1,250,000 to Taglich Private Equity, LLC and Taglich Brothers, Inc.
On March 18, 2013, we issued an additional 3,999,999 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, raising gross proceeds of $13.32 million, to finance the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.). Certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc., Peninsula and certain members of our management purchased shares of common stock in the offering at the price per share paid by investors in the offering.
Acquisitions of PTI and Chardan . We retained Taglich Brothers, Inc. as equity placement agent in connection with our December 2013 acquisition of PTI. We paid a total fee of $480,000 to Taglich Private Equity, LLC and Taglich Brothers, Inc. in connection with the financing and closing of that transaction. In connection with the acquisition of PTI, we also issued warrants to Taglich Brothers, Inc. for the purchase of 109,968 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, which are currently exercisable.
On December 18, 2013, we issued 1,740,000 additional shares of our common stock at $3.33 per share, raising $5.8 million, to finance the acquisition of PTI. Certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc., Peninsula and certain members of our management purchased shares in the offering at the price per share paid by investors in the offering.
In February 2014, we purchased Chardan. In connection with that acquisition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC provided acquisition, structuring and negotiating assistance and we paid it a fee of $110,000.
Management Services Agreement . In March 2013, we entered into a management services agreement with Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Under this agreement, we are provided advisory and management services in consideration of an annual management fee of $300,000, payable in monthly installments. Effective upon completion of this offering, the agreement will be amended to reduce the annual management fee by an amount equal to the amount, if any, of annual cash retainers and equity awards received as compensation for service on the Companys board of directors by any director who is a related person (as defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual) of Taglich Private Equity, LLC or Taglich Brothers, Inc. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Services Agreement, in addition to the annual management fee, the Company will pay Taglich
76
Private Equity, LLC a fee for each acquisition by the Company during the term of the agreement or in the event of the sale of the entire Company calculated as follows: 5% of the first $1 million of value; 4% of the second $1 million of value; 3% of the third $1 million of value; 2% of the fourth $1 million of value, and 1% of the value paid over $4 million. If the Company or any subsidiary pays for investment banking services in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary or the sale of the Company, the transaction fee payable to Taglich Private Equity, LLC will be reduced dollar for dollar by any fees paid to a third party investment banker or broker. The services provided to us by Taglich Private Equity, LLC include providing advice and counsel to the directors, executives and personnel of the Company and its subsidiaries through and including: (1) participation in business and strategic planning sessions and reviewing and commenting on business and strategic plans and agreements; (2) identifying and/or communicating with potential strategic partners, as and to the extent requested by the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (3) providing guidance and recommendations and participating in management strategy sessions regarding acquisitions or financings; and (4) participating in the strategy and implementation of the growth activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. In addition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC will act as the Companys and its subsidiaries financial advisor in connection with certain transactions including: (1) assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in identifying and contacting potential purchasers of the assets or securities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (2) advising and assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in negotiating the terms and conditions of a transaction; and (3) analyzing the valuation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or such other entity in connection with a transaction. The agreement expires on March 18, 2018. We paid a management fee of $225,000 and $300,000, respectively, during 2013 and 2014, under this agreement.
Transactions with Peninsula . In March 2013, in connection with our acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.), we issued our 16% senior subordinated note in the aggregate principal amount of $11.5 million to Peninsula that matures on March 18, 2018. Also in connection with such acquisition, as described above, we issued Peninsula 1,050,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. In connection with such investments by Peninsula, we paid a $230,000 fee to Peninsula and paid $77,615 of expenses, including legal fees, incurred by it. As a condition of its agreement to provide a subordinated note and equity financing, Peninsula required the right to appoint two of our directors and the right to elect to require us to purchase its shares of our common stock for their fair market value on March 18, 2019 or March 18, 2020, at any time within the 15 day period following such dates, or upon a change of control, at the then fair market value. Peninsula has agreed to terminate its right to require us to repurchase its shares effective upon the closing of this offering. In consideration for the termination of such right, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with Peninsula which provides it with registration rights, including the right to require us to file on one occasion a Form S-1 registration statement, exerciseable beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the right to require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3 and the right to require us to file an unlimited number of shelf registrations on Form S-3 for offerings to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. Any registration statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Peninsula must be with respect to at least 500,000 shares and any registration statement on Form S-3 must be with respect to at least 250,000 shares. We will pay all expenses with respect to such registrations except that Peninsula will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions. We may postpone the filing of any registration statement for up to six months in certain events, including if we determine that such registration or offering could interfere with a business or financing transaction or may require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential. In addition, Peninsula will have the right to designate an individual to attend board and committee meetings, if it no longer has the right to nominate a director and as long as Peninsula beneficially owns at least 3% of our oustanding common stock.
In connection with the acquisition of PTI, we issued an additional $1.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 16% senior subordinated note, to Peninsula and, as described above, an additional 365,400 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. We also paid a $30,000 fee to Peninsula in connection with the financing of the PTI acquisition, paid $43,635 for its legal fees and issued warrants to Peninsula for the purchase of 29,232 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. Such warrants are currently exercisable.
We had $13.13 million outstanding under the 16% senior subordinated note at March 29, 2015. Interest on the senior subordinated note accrues at a rate of 16.0% per annum, payable monthly. The Company
77
may elect to pay a minimum cash interest rate of 12.0% and defer up to 4.0% interest by delivering an in-kind note. Accrued interest on the 16% senior subordinated note is approximately $0.1 million as of January 4, 2015. The 16% senior subordinated note is expressly junior and subordinated only to the debt outstanding under the senior credit facility. We intend to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in its entirety, and any in-kind note, with the proceeds from this offering and, if necessary, utilizing our revolving credit facility.
Purchases of our Common Stock by Certain Affiliates . The following table summarizes the purchases of our common stock described above by our executive officers, directors, former directors and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock. This table does not include shares, if any, that may be purchased in the offering at the initial public offering price, by Michael Taglich, Robert Taglich or certain of our directors.
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Founder
Shares Purchased |
Shares
Purchased March 2013 Placement |
Shares
Purchased December 2013 Placement |
Total
Shares Purchased |
||||||||||||
John Weinhardt (1) | 60,000 | 75,000 | 7,500 | 142,500 | ||||||||||||
Thomas Tekiele (2) | 30,000 | 22,500 | 6,000 | 58,500 | ||||||||||||
Michael Taglich (3) | 144,000 | 150,000 | 114,000 | 408,000 | ||||||||||||
Robert Taglich (4) | 144,000 | 162,000 | 117,000 | 423,000 | ||||||||||||
Richard Baum (5) | 164,001 | 52,500 | 19,500 | 236,001 | ||||||||||||
Douglas Hailey (6) | 106,599 | 60,000 | 30,000 | 196,599 | ||||||||||||
William Cooke (7) | 41,001 | | | 41,001 | ||||||||||||
Donn Viola (8) | 30,000 | 30,000 | | 60,000 | ||||||||||||
Peninsula | 0 | 1,050,000 | 365,400 | 1,415,400 | ||||||||||||
Total | 719,601 | 1,602,000 | 659,400 | 2,981,001 |
(1) | Mr. Weinhardt is the Chief Executive Officer and President and a director of Unique. |
(2) | Mr. Tekiele is the Chief Financial Officer of Unique. |
(3) | Mr. Michael Taglich is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock and a principal in Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering. Michael Taglich is the brother of Robert Taglich. |
(4) | Mr. Robert Taglich is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock and a principal in Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering. Robert Taglich is the brother of Michael Taglich. |
(5) | Mr. Baum is the Chairman of the Board of Unique. Mr. Baum is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, LLC. |
(6) | Mr. Hailey is a former director of Unique. Mr. Hailey is an employee of Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering, and a principal of Taglich Private Equity, LLC. |
(7) | Mr. Cooke is a director of Unique. Mr. Cooke is an employee of Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering. |
(8) | Mr. Viola is a director of Unique. |
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Executive Officers and Directors . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:
| any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders; |
| any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
| unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the DGCL; or |
| any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit. |
78
Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.
Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions . Following the completion of this offering, the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related party transactions, which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We intend to adopt a policy regarding transactions between us and related persons. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.
79
We are authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 1, 2015, we had 6,739,998 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 196 stockholders, there were outstanding options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and outstanding warrants to acquire 139,200 shares of common stock. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 8,614,998 shares of common stock outstanding.
The following description summarizes the most important terms of our common stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote can elect all of the directors standing for election. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering will provide for the classification of our board of directors into three classes, each nearly equal in number as possible, with each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors, in its discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of our common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations.
As of June 1, 2015, we had warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 139,200 shares of our common stock. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.33 per share, based upon the fair market value, as defined, of the common stock. Warrants are exercisable, at any time, from time to time, from the date of issuance, until the tenth anniversary of the issuance date.
These warrants provide for adjustments of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise upon the occurrence of certain events, including stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications or other changes in our corporate structure. Upon the acquisition of the Company in which the sole consideration is cash, the warrants expire upon the consummation of the acquisition, unless exercised. If the acquisition is the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, in an arms length sale, defined as a true asset sale, the holder may either exercise the warrant, in which case the exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to consummation of the acquisition, or if the warrant is not exercised, the warrant will continue until the expiration date as long as the Company continues as a going concern. Acquisition is defined as a sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets, or any reorganization, merger, consolidation or merger of the Company or sale of outstanding securities by holders where the holders of the Companys securities before the transaction own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the successor or surviving entity after the transaction.
The provisions of (1) Delaware law, (2) our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering and (3) our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to prevail in a proxy contest or otherwise effect a change in our management or the acquisition of control of us by a holder of a
80
substantial amount of our voting stock. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish, or could deter, transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interests or our best interests. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. These provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Delaware Statutory Business Combinations Provision . We are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. For purposes of Section 203, a business combination is defined broadly to include a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and, subject to certain exceptions, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporations voting stock.
Classified Board of Directors; Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies; Removal of Directors for Cause . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Each year the stockholders will elect the members of one of the three classes to a three-year term of office. All directors elected to our classified board of directors will serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors or their earlier resignation or removal. The board of directors will be authorized to increase the number of directors that comprise the board of directors and to fill any positions so created by any such increase and is permitted to specify the class to which any newly appointed director is assigned. The person filling any of these positions would serve for the term applicable to that class. The board of directors (or its remaining members, even if less than a quorum) is also empowered to fill vacancies on the board of directors occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. Members of the board of directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the common stock. These provisions are likely to increase the time required for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors. For example, in general, at least two annual meetings will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors. In addition, stockholders will be unable to increase the number of directors that comprise the board of directors and fill such vacancies with persons approved by the stockholders.
Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Nominations of Directors . Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that, for nominations to the board of directors or for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely notice of the proposal in writing to our Secretary. For an annual meeting, a stockholders notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous years annual meeting. For a special meeting, the notice must generally be delivered no less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the special meeting or ten days following the day on which public announcement of the meeting is first made. Detailed requirements as to the form of the notice and information required in the notice are specified in our restated bylaws. If it is determined that business was not properly brought before a meeting in accordance with our bylaw provisions, this business will not be conducted at the meeting.
Special Meetings of Stockholders . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors or upon the
81
written request of the holders of at least 15% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote upon matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting, and may not be called by any other person or persons.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will not permit our stockholders to act by written consent. As a result, any action to be effected by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders.
Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon closing of this offering will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or the Companys stockholders by any of the Companys directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We may consent in writing to alternative forums. By becoming a stockholder of the Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum.
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is VStock Transfer LLC. The transfer agent and the registrars address is 77 Spruce Street, Cedarhurst, New York 11516.
At the present time, there is no established trading market for our common stock. We applied to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol UFAB.
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.
Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015 and assuming (1) the issuance of shares in this offering, and (2) no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and (3) no exercise of outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 8,614,998 shares of common stock upon the effectiveness of the public offering.
Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.
The remaining 6,739,998 shares of common stock will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below.
In addition, of the 495,000 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 1, 2015, options to purchase 99,000 of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and,
82
upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.
We, each of our directors, executive officers and stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners in our case and the Company, with respect to directors, officers and stockholders they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to our common stock or other of our securities.
The Company has agreed with the underwriters that the Company will not waive any lock-up restrictions with respect to our stockholders without the consent of Roth Capital Partners. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under Underwriting.
Based on shares outstanding as of June 1, 2015, taking into account the lock-up agreements, and assuming Roth Capital Partners does not release stockholders from these agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, beginning on the date of this prospectus, only the 1,875,000 shares sold in this offering (less any shares purchased by person associated with Taglich Brothers which will be subject to lock-up agreements) will be immediately available for sale in the public market. Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed below.
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in brokers transactions or certain riskless principal transactions or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:
| 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 86,150 shares immediately after this offering; or |
| the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE MKT during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. |
Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NYSE MKT concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.
Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Peninsula has certain registration rights, including the right to require us to file on one occasion a Form S-1 registration statement, exerciseable beginning 180 days after the
83
date of this prospectus, the right to require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3 and the right to require us to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. Any registration statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Peninsula must be with respect to at least 500,000 shares and any registration statement on Form S-3 must be with respect to at least 250,000 shares. We will pay all expenses with respect to such registrations except that Peninsula will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions. We may postpone the filing of any registration statement for up to six months in certain events, including if we determine that such registration or offering could interfere with a business or financing transaction or may require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential.
Certain of our current stockholders, including Peninsula, have certain piggyback registration rights pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. If we propose to register for offer and sale any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, these stockholders will be entitled to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. The piggyback registration rights will not apply to a registration statement on Form S-4 relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-8 relating to employee stock option or purchase plans. The registration rights will terminate on the earliest to occur of (1) the written agreement of the Company, the stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement holding a majority of the common stock then outstanding and Peninsula, (2) seven years after the closing of this offering, (3) with respect only to any shares of common stock that may be immediately sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, the date on which such shares may be so sold and (4) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuers employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.
84
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus among us, Roth Capital Partners and Taglich Brothers, Inc., we have agreed to sell to the underwriters all of the shares of our common stock offered through this prospectus.
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if it purchases any shares. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the shares of common stock covered by the underwriters over-allotment option described below. The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Certain persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. who currently are stockholders may purchase shares in the offering at the initial public offering price to the extent permitted by FINRA Rule 5130 and any other applicable rules and limitations. Any shares purchased by any such person will be subject to a lock-up agreement pursuant to FINRA rule 5110(g)(1). Because these persons are restricted persons, the number of shares that each may purchase is limited by FINRA rules to that number of shares that will not increase his percentage equity ownership of our common stock above his level of ownership as of three months prior to the filing of this registration statement. Persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. may not purchase in the aggregate more than 18.6% of the shares in this offering (assuming that each such person purchases the maximum number of shares permitted under FINRA rules). Certain of our directors also have indicated an interest in purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase shares and such persons may determine not to purchase shares or the underwriters may determine not to sell any shares to them. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these persons as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.
The underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise of the over-allotment option we granted to the underwriters.
Per Share |
Total Without
Over-Allotment Option |
Total With
Over-Allotment Option |
||||||||||
Public offering price | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | $ | $ |
We have also agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock (see Underwriter Warrants below) and to pay certain fees and disbursements of the underwriters in amounts not to exceed (1) $140,000 with respect to any fees, expenses and disbursements of the underwriters counsel (excluding fees and expenses relating to blue sky filings), (2) $5,000 for all actual fees and disbursements relating to blue sky filings, (3) up to $15,000 of the underwriters actual accountable road show expenses for the offering, and (4) up to 0.5% of the gross proceeds from the offering for the underwriters non-accountable expenses, which will include a payment of up to $75,000 to National Securities Corporation for consulting services rendered in connection with the offering.
The total estimated expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, the fees payable to underwriters, printing fees and legal and accounting fees and expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $ and are payable by us.
85
We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 281,250 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover sales of shares of common stock by the underwriters in excess of the total number of shares set forth in the table above. If any of these additional shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered. We will pay the expenses associated with the exercise of the over-allotment option.
We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock, which is 6% of the shares sold in this offering, excluding the over-allotment option, as additional compensation. The underwriter warrants are not part of the securities offered in this offering. The shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering commencing on a date which is one year from the date of effectiveness and expiring on a date which is no more than five years from the date of effectiveness in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants are deemed compensation by FINRA and are, therefore, subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under the Rule) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of these warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price and the number of underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in these negotiations are:
| the prospects for our company and the industry in which we operate; |
| our past and present financial and operating performance; |
| financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours; |
| the prevailing conditions of United States securities markets at the time of this offering; and |
| other factors deemed relevant. |
Our officers and directors and holders of common stock are subject to a lock-up agreement pursuant to the Companys Stockholders Agreement and we will be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Under the agreement, we and these other individuals have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, common stock, during a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining the written consent of the underwriter.
Specifically, we and these other individuals have agreed not to:
| sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to our common stock or other of our securities. |
86
| enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise; make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock; or |
| publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. |
The restrictions described above do not apply to:
| the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement; |
| the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus by a director, officer, or employee of the company of which the underwriters have been advised in writing or that is described in this prospectus, provided that any shares of common stock received upon such exercise would be subject to the restrictions provided for in the lock-up agreements; |
| the establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan under the Exchange Act by a security holder for the sale of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period; |
| transfers by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy; |
| transfers by distribution by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities to partners, members, or shareholders of the security holder; or |
| transfers by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the security holder or the immediate family of the security holder; |
provided that in the case of each of the preceding three types of transactions, the transfer does not involve a disposition for value and each transferee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement agreeing to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described above.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol UFAB.
In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters over allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open
87
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the underwriters may be required to repay the underwriting discount received.
The underwriters make no representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by any underwriter or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters to selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriters website and any information contained in any other website maintained by any underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which we refer to as a relevant member state, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, or the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:
| to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
| to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; |
| to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of representative for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive; |
provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of shares to the public in relation to any shares of common stock in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that member state by
88
any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Under the rules of FINRA, Taglich Brothers has a conflict of interest in offering our shares of common stock since affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding shares. Richard L. Baum, Jr., the Chairman of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, which sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013, and William Cooke, a member of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Taglich Brothers, Inc. from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a qualified independent underwriter, as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the prepartation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Roth Capital Partners is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in this offering and is undertaking the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, that specifically include those inherent in Section 11 thereunder. Roth Capital Partners will not receive any additional fees for serving as qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering.
Management Services Agreement . In March 2013, we entered into a management services agreement with Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Under this agreement, we are provided advisory and management services in consideration of an annual management fee of $300,000, payable in monthly installments. Effective upon completion of this offering, the agreement will be amended to reduce the annual management fee by an amount equal to the amount, if any, of annual cash retainers and equity awards received as compensation for service on the Companys board of directors by any director who is a related person (as defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual) of Taglich Private Equity, LLC or Taglich Brothers, Inc. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Services Agreement, in addition to the annual management fee, the Company will pay Taglich Private Equity, LLC a fee for each acquisition by the Company during the term of the agreement or in the event of the sale of the entire Company calculated as follows: 5% of the first $1 million of value; 4% of the second $1 million of value; 3% of the third $1 million of value; 2% of the fourth $1 million of value, and 1% of the value paid over $4 million. If the Company or any subsidiary pays for investment banking services in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary or the sale of the Company, the transaction fee payable to Taglich Private Equity, LLC will be reduced dollar for dollar by any fees paid to a third party investment banker or broker. The services provided to us by Taglich Private Equity, LLC include providing advice and counsel to the directors, executives and personnel of the Company and its subsidiaries through and including: (1) participation in business and strategic planning sessions and reviewing and commenting on business and strategic plans and agreements; (2) identifying and/or communicating with potential strategic partners, as and to the extent requested by the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (3) providing guidance and recommendations and participating in management strategy sessions regarding acquisitions or financings; and (4) participating in the strategy and implementation of the growth activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. In addition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC will act as the Companys and its subsidiaries financial advisor in connection with certain transactions including: (1) assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in identifying and contacting potential purchasers of the assets or securities of the Company and/or its
89
subsidiaries; (2) advising and assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in negotiating the terms and conditions of a transaction; and (3) analyzing the valuation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or such other entity in connection with a transaction. The agreement expires on March 18, 2018. During 2014, we paid a management fee of $300,000 under this agreement.
From time to time, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided, and may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. However, except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any underwriter for any further services. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
The consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, as well as the consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 have been included herein in reliance on the report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, independent registered public accountants, given on the authority of that Firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The consolidated financial statements of Chardan, Corp. and its affiliate as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Plante & Moran, PLLC, an independent public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The validity of the shares offered in this prospectus is being passed upon for us by our counsel, Sills Cummis & Gross P.C., Newark, New Jersey. Members of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C. own, in the aggregate, 41,250 shares of our common stock. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Polsinelli PC, Chicago, Illinois
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents or provisions of any documents referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in each instance where a copy of the document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.
You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement without charge at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates from the public reference room of the SEC at such address. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, registration statements and certain other filings made with the SEC electronically are publicly available through the SECs web site at http://www.sec.gov . The registration statement, including all exhibits and amendments to the registration statement, has been filed electronically with the SEC.
90
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information at the SECs public reference room, and the web site of the SEC referred to above. We will also maintain a web site at http://www.uniquefab.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our web site is not part of this prospectus.
You may also request a copy of our filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at:
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
(248)-853-2333
91
F-1
(Unaudited)
Successor |
Successor | |||||||
March 29,
2015 |
January 4,
2015 |
|||||||
Assets
|
||||||||
Current Assets
|
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 662,059 | $ | 756,044 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 20,964,824 | 18,747,468 | ||||||
Inventory | 10,834,101 | 10,488,051 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
|
||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other | 1,567,689 | 1,613,327 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset | 895,263 | 1,288,704 | ||||||
Total current assets | 34,923,936 | 32,893,594 | ||||||
Property, Plant, and Equipment Net | 18,745,580 | 17,920,073 | ||||||
Goodwill | 15,183,417 | 15,183,417 | ||||||
Intangible Assets | 16,217,144 | 16,748,466 | ||||||
Other assets
|
||||||||
Investments at cost | 1,054,120 | 1,054,120 | ||||||
Deposits and other assets | 61,593 | 61,094 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs | 267,362 | 289,942 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 86,453,152 | $ | 84,150,706 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
||||||||
Current Liabilities
|
||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 11,726,069 | $ | 10,177,820 | ||||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 2,143,362 | 2,018,133 | ||||||
Income taxes payable | 338,633 | 90,169 | ||||||
Accrued compensation | 2,093,394 | 2,791,260 | ||||||
Other accrued liabilities | 1,205,940 | 1,498,094 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 17,507,398 | 16,575,476 | ||||||
Long-term debt net of current portion | 28,922,624 | 29,000,612 | ||||||
Line of credit | 9,351,835 | 8,952,865 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities
|
||||||||
Deferred tax liability | 6,329,667 | 6,497,330 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 105,072 | 86,511 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 62,216,596 | 61,112,794 | ||||||
Redeemable Common Stock 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding with a redemption value of $12,909,985 and $11,362,481 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively | 7,200,793 | 6,445,977 | ||||||
Stockholders Equity
|
||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 issued and outstanding | 4,325 | 4,325 | ||||||
Additional paid-in-capital | 13,729,364 | 13,723,456 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 3,302,074 | 2,864,154 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity | 17,035,763 | 16,591,935 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity | $ | 86,453,152 | $ | 84,150,706 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-2
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Twelve week period ended March 29,
2015 |
Thirteen week period ended March 30,
2014 |
|||||||
Net Sales | $ | 32,430,507 | $ | 29,116,713 | ||||
Cost of Sales | 24,506,645 | 22,396,526 | ||||||
Gross Profit | 7,923,862 | 6,720,187 | ||||||
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses | 5,243,437 | 5,083,158 | ||||||
Operating Income | 2,680,425 | 1,637,029 | ||||||
Non-operating Income (Expense)
|
||||||||
Investment income | | 11 | ||||||
Other income | 7,294 | 12,393 | ||||||
Interest expense | (859,354 | ) | (987,536 | ) | ||||
Total non-operating expense | (852,060 | ) | (975,133 | ) | ||||
Income Before income taxes | 1,828,365 | 661,897 | ||||||
Income Tax Expense | 635,629 | 200,167 | ||||||
Net Income | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 461,730 | ||||
Net Income per share
|
||||||||
Basic | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.07 | ||||
Diluted | $ | 0.17 | $ | 0.07 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
Common Stock |
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Retained Earnings | Total | |||||||||||||
Balance January 4, 2015 | $ | 4,325 | $ | 13,723,456 | $ | 2,864,154 | $ | 16,591,935 | ||||||||
Net income | | | 1,192,736 | 1,192,736 | ||||||||||||
Stock option expense | | 5,908 | | 5,908 | ||||||||||||
Reduction for accretion on redeemable stock | | | (754,816 | ) | (754,816 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance March 29, 2015 | $ | 4,325 | $ | 13,729,364 | $ | 3,302,074 | $ | 17,035,763 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
Successor | Successor | |||||||
January 5,
2015 through March 29, 2015 |
December 30, 2013 through March 30,
2014 |
|||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
|
||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 461,730 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 847,040 | 882,004 | ||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs | 74,270 | 75,154 | ||||||
Loss on sale of assets | 8,333 | | ||||||
Bad debt expense | 34,219 | 30,000 | ||||||
Loss on derivative instrument | 18,560 | 95,595 | ||||||
Stock option expense | 5,908 | 4,213 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes | 225,778 | (325,774 | ) | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
|
||||||||
Accounts receivable | (2,251,575 | ) | (3,716,508 | ) | ||||
Inventory | (346,050 | ) | (62,476 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | 45,510 | 443,527 | ||||||
Accounts payable | 1,262,869 | 1,753,510 | ||||||
Accrued and other liabilities | 13,462 | 43,397 | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | 1,131,060 | (315,628 | ) | |||||
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
|
||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (1,150,048 | ) | (120,287 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | 500 | | ||||||
Acquisition of Chardan Corporation | | (2,316,911 | ) | |||||
Working capital adjustment from acquisition of PTI and Unique Fabricating | | 5,107 | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (1,149,548 | ) | (2,432,091 | ) | ||||
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
|
||||||||
Net change in bank overdraft | 285,380 | (303,710 | ) | |||||
Payments on debt and in-kind interest | (4,458 | ) | (5,913 | ) | ||||
(Payments on) proceeds from revolving credit facilities | 398,970 | 2,882,345 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs | | (35,593 | ) | |||||
Expenses of in process equity offering | (371 | ) | | |||||
Post acquisition payments for Unique Fabricating | (755,018 | ) | | |||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (75,497 | ) | 2,537,129 | |||||
Net (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents | (93,985 | ) | (210,590 | ) | ||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents Beginning of period | 756,044 | 891,826 | ||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents End of period | $ | 662,059 | $ | 681,236 | ||||
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for |
||||||||
Interest | $ | 438,420 | $ | 600,325 | ||||
Income taxes | $ | 188,000 | $ | 390,000 | ||||
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Non cash investing and financing activities for |
||||||||
Note payable incurred for Chardan acquisition | $ | | $ | 500,000 | ||||
Accretion on redeemable common stock | $ | 754,816 | $ | |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
Nature of Business UFI Acquisition, Inc. (UFI or Successor), a Delaware corporation, was formed on January 14, 2013, for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Unique Fabricating or Predecessor) (collectively, the Company) on March 18, 2013, as described further in Note 2. The Company operates as one operating and reporting segment to fabricate and broker foam and rubber products, which are primarily sold to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and tiered suppliers in the automotive, appliance, water heater and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industries. In September 2014, UFI changed its name to Unique Fabricating Inc. which is now the parent company of the consolidated group. As a result of the name change, the subsidiary previously named Unique Fabricating Inc. became Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.
Basis of Presentation As a result of UFIs acquisition of Unique Fabricating, purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting was applied beginning on March 18, 2013.
All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
On November 18, 2014, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase its authorized common shares to 15,000,000 with a par value $0.001 per share. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation also effected an internal recapitalization pursuant to which the Company effected a 3-for-1 stock split on its outstanding common stock. As a result of the stock split, the Companys stock options and warrants were effected accordingly based on the provisions of stock option and warrant agreements.
Accordingly, all Successor common share, options, warrants and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.
Fiscal Years The Companys quarterly periods end on the Sunday closest to March 31. The 12-week period ended on March 29 during 2015 and the 13-week period ended on March 30 during 2014. Fiscal year 2014 ended on Sunday January 4, 2015.
Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is managements best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on historical write off experience and an understanding of individual customer payment history and financial condition. Management reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts at regular intervals. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when management determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $747,043 and $704,713 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.
Inventory Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out method (FIFO). Inventory acquired as part of a business combination is recorded at its estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. The Company periodically evaluates inventory for obsolescence, excess quantities, slow moving goods and other impairments of value and establishes reserves for any identified impairments.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets The carrying value of long-lived assets held for use is periodically evaluated when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset held for use is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.
F-6
Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment purchases are recorded at cost. Property, plant, and equipment acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Depreciation is calculated principally using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the period of the related leases. Upon retirement or disposal, the initial cost or valuation and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Intangible Assets The Company does not hold any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. Identifiable intangible assets recognized as part of a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The Company determined that no impairment indicators were present and all originally assigned useful lives remained appropriate during the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.
Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed from business combinations at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed at least on an annual basis for impairment. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than the carrying value then a qualitative assessment may be used for the annual impairment test. Otherwise, a two-step process is used. The first step requires estimating the fair value of each reporting unit compared to its carrying value. The Company has determined that the only reporting unit is the Company as a whole. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, a second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to its implied fair value.
There was no impairment charge recognized during the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.
Debt Issuance Costs Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and other financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported as assets upon the original issuance of the related debt. Amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders are presented as debt discount. Debt issuance costs on term debt are amortized using the effective interest method while those related to revolving debt are amortized using a straight line basis over the term of the related debt.
At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, debt issuance costs were $267,362 and $289,842, respectively, while amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders presented as debt discounts were $605,099 and $656,789, respectively. Amortization expense has been recognized as a component of interest expense which includes both debt issuance and debt discounts in the amount of $74,270 and $75,154, for the 2015 and 2014 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively.
Investments Investments in entities in which the Company has less than a 20 percent interest or is not able to exercise significant influence are carried at cost. Cost basis investments acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Dividends received are included in income, except for those dividends received in excess of the Companys proportionate share of accumulated earnings, which are applied as a reduction of the cost of the investment. Impairment losses due to a decline in the value of the investment that is other than temporary are recognized when incurred. No dividend income was recognized for the 2015 and 2014 12 and 13 week periods, respectively.
F-7
Accounts Payable Under the Companys cash management system, checks issued but not yet presented to the Companys bank frequently result in overdraft balances for accounting purposes and are classified as accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts payable included $2,047,120 and $1,811,757 of checks issued in excess of available cash balances at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.
Stock based Compensation The Company accounts for its stock based compensation using the fair value of the award estimated at the grant date of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of awards, consisting of stock options, using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized in earnings using the straight line method over the vesting period, which represents the requisite service period.
Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.
Shipping and Handling Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of sales as they are incurred.
Income Taxes A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the period. Deferred tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax accounting measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company also evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. Management evaluates all positive and negative evidence and uses judgment regarding past and future events, including operating results, to help determine when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. When appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets to reserve for future tax benefits that may not be realized.
The Company recognizes the benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company assesses all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remain open. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015. The Company files income tax returns in the United States and Mexico as well as various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011 in the United States and before 2007 in Mexico. The Company recognizes any penalties and interest when necessary as income tax expense. There were no penalties or interest recorded during the 12 and week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.
Foreign Currency Adjustments The Companys functional currency for all operations worldwide is the United States dollar. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal year. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of foreign currency financial statements into United States dollars are classified in operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-8
Concentration Risks The Company is exposed to various significant concentration risks as follows:
Customer and Credit During the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, the Companys revenues were derived from customers principally engaged in the North American automotive industry. Company sales directly and indirectly to General Motors Company (GM), Chrysler Group, LLC (Chrysler), and Ford Motor Company (Ford) as a percentage of total net sales were: 16, 17, and 15 percent, respectively, during the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015; and 21, 16, and 14 percent, respectively, during the 13 weeks ended March 30, 2014. Company sales and trade receivables are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers. No Tier 1 suppliers represented more than 10 percent of Company sales. No suppliers accounted for more than 10 percent of trade receivables as of March 29, 2015 or January 4, 2015.
Labor Markets At March 29, 2015, of the Companys hourly plant employees working in the United States manufacturing facilities, 39 percent are covered under a collective bargaining agreement which expires in August 2016 while another 5 percent are covered under a separate agreement that expires in January 2017.
Foreign Currency Exchange The expression of assets and liabilities in a currency other than the functional currency gives rise to exchange gains and losses when such obligations are paid in another currency. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments (i.e., differences between amounts recorded and actual amounts owed or paid) are reported in the statement of operations as the foreign currency fluctuations occur. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments are reported in the statement of cash flows using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the cash flows. At March 29, 2015, the Companys exposure to assets and liabilities denominated in another currency was not significant. To the extent there is a fluctuation in the exchange rates, the amount of local currency to be paid or received to satisfy foreign currency obligations in 2015 may increase or decrease.
International Operations The Company manufactures and sells products outside of the United States principally in Mexico. Foreign operations are subject to various political, economic and other risks and uncertainties inherent in foreign countries. Among other risks, the Companys operations are subject to the risks of restrictions on transfers of funds; export duties, quotas, and embargoes; domestic and international customs and tariffs; changing taxation policies; foreign exchange restrictions; political conditions; and governmental regulations. During the Q1 2015 Successor Period, and Q1 2014 Successor period, 12 and 10 percent, respectively, of the Companys production occurred in Mexico. Sales derived from customers located in Mexico, Canada, and other foreign countries were 14, 5, and 1 percent, respectively during the Q1 2015 Successor period, and 12, 5, and 1 percent, respectively, during the Q1 2014 Successor period, of the Companys total sales.
Derivative financial instruments All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria.
Use of Estimates The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-9
On February 6, 2014, the Company, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, Corp. (Chardan) for total consideration of $2,816,911, after all adjustments described below. The consideration was in the form of $2,316,911 of cash and a $500,000 note payable to the former owner. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of six percent and is subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. During June 2014, the Company paid Chardan $116,911 for the working capital adjustment. This acquisition was financed through existing debt facilities without the need for further revisions to any debt or equity agreements. The Company incurred costs of approximately $236,537 related to the acquisition of Chardan. The Company represented a significant majority of Chardans revenue prior to the acquisition so the acquisition allows the Company to reduce its costs through supply chain integration as well as strengthen its thermo forming capabilities.
In connection with the business combination, Chardan terminated the lease it had with an affiliated entity for its operating facility and the Company entered into a new lease for the same facility. The terms of the Companys lease provide for monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.
The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Accounts receivable | $ | 585,914 | ||
Inventory | 250,472 | |||
Deferred tax assets | 34,350 | |||
Other current assets | 1,597 | |||
Property, plant, and equipment | 417,305 | |||
Identifiable intangible assets | 965,478 | |||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | (146,676 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities | (90,811 | ) | ||
Total identifiable net assets | 2,017,629 | |||
Goodwill | 799,282 | |||
Total | $ | 2,816,911 |
The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisition includes $497,075 that was previously due from the Company and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible in full.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the Chardans reputation, trained employees, and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $866,647 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The consolidated operating results for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 includes the operating results of Chardan for the whole period. Chardans revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statement of operations for the twelve weeks ended March 30, 2014, totaled $552,351 and $62,723 respectively, from the date of acquisition, of which $385,708 in revenue was derived from intercompany sales to Unique Fabricating which were eliminated in consolidation.
F-10
The following pro forma supplementary data for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 gives effect to the acquisition of Chardan as if it had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Companys 2013 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Companys results of operations had the acquisition been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Companys results of operations for any future date.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Twelve Weeks
ended March 29, 2015 |
Thirteen Weeks
ended March 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Net sales | $ | 32,430,507 | $ | 29,273,090 | ||||
Net income | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 885,755 | ||||
Net income per common share basic | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.13 | ||||
Net income per common share diluted | $ | 0.17 | $ | 0.13 |
The majority of Chardan sales prior to its acquisition were to the Company. Therefore, the pro forma effect of the combined net income of the entities is much larger than the effect on net sales due to the elimination of the intercompany sales for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.
Inventory consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
March 29,
2015 |
January 4,
2015 |
|||||||
Raw materials | $ | 6,568,146 | $ | 6,013,045 | ||||
Work in progress | 591,325 | 499,241 | ||||||
Finished goods | 3,674,630 | 3,975,765 | ||||||
Total inventory | $ | 10,834,101 | $ | 10,488,051 |
Included in inventory are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $1,809,894 at March 29, 2015 and $1,788,902 at January 4, 2015.
The inventory acquired in the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI included adjustments of $1,076,902 in order to increase the historical FIFO basis to fair value while the 2014 acquisition of Chardan included a fair value adjustment of $54,975 for a total of $1,131,877 for all acquisitions. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, $0 of this fair value adjustment remained in inventory while $0 and $285,239 was included in cost of goods sold during the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and 13 week-period ended March 30, 2014, respectively.
F-11
Property, plant, and equipment consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||||||
March 29,
2015 |
January 4,
2015 |
Depreciable
Life Years |
||||||||||
Land | $ | 1,663,153 | $ | 1,663,153 | ||||||||
Buildings | 5,435,026 | 5,435,026 | 23 40 | |||||||||
Shop equipment | 8,535,645 | 8,467,946 | 7 10 | |||||||||
Leasehold improvements | 642,762 | 624,762 | 3 10 | |||||||||
Office equipment | 585,308 | 539,098 | 3 7 | |||||||||
Mobile equipment | 105,550 | 105,550 | 3 | |||||||||
Construction in progress | 3,780,562 | 2,754,411 | ||||||||||
Total cost | 20,748,006 | 19,607,946 | ||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation | 2,002,426 | 1,687,873 | ||||||||||
Net property, plant, and equipment | $ | 18,745,580 | $ | 17,920,073 |
Depreciation expense was $315,719 and $275,078 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively.
Included in Property, plant, and equipment are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $626,682 and $628,570 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.
Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at March 29, 2015:
Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Weighted Average Life Years | ||||||||||
Customer contracts | $ | 15,614,881 | $ | 3,635,437 | 8.30 | |||||||
Trade names | 4,465,322 | 428,461 | 20.00 | |||||||||
Non-compete agreements | 580,790 | 447,509 | 1.62 | |||||||||
Total | $ | 20,660,993 | $ | 4,441,407 |
Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at January 4, 2015:
Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Weighted Average Life Years | ||||||||||
Customer contracts | $ | 15,614,881 | $ | 3,127,128 | 8.30 | |||||||
Trade names | 4,465,322 | 377,079 | 20.00 | |||||||||
Non-compete agreements | 580,790 | 408,320 | 1.62 | |||||||||
Total | $ | 20,660,993 | $ | 3,912,527 |
The weighted average amortization period for all intangible assets is 10.64 years. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $531,321 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and $606,926 for the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014.
F-12
Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows:
2015 | $ | 1,755,005 | ||
2016 | 2,111,416 | |||
2017 | 2,111,416 | |||
2018 | 2,111,416 | |||
2019 | 2,123,016 | |||
Thereafter | 6,007,317 | |||
Total | $ | 16,219,586 |
The Successor has a senior credit facility with a bank initially entered into on March 18, 2013 and subsequently amended. The facility was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for a $12.5 million revolving line of credit (Revolver) and an $11.0 million term loan facility (Term Loan). On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with its bank under the senior credit facility. The amendment increased the Revolver to $15.0 million and the Term Loan to $20.0 million. In October 2014, an additional amendment increased the Revolver to $19.5 million which was used to construct and equip a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. The total construction costs are expected to be $4.5 million of which $4.5 million has already been committed to by the Company as of March 29, 2015. The Company has incurred $3.4 million in costs related to the construction at March 29, 2015 which has been included in construction in progress and has been funded by the revolver.
As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, $9,351,835 and $8,952,865, respectively was outstanding on the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver are subject to a borrowing base, bear interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75 percent to 3.25 percent (an effective rate of 3.1760 percent and 3.1655 percent at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively), and are secured by substantially all of the Companys assets. At March 29, 2015, maximum additional available borrowings under the Revolver were $10,048,165 due to the amount outstanding and a $100,000 letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of the Companys facilities. The Revolver matures on December 18, 2017.
The Successor also has a subordinated note payable with a private lender effective March 18, 2013, as amended. The holder of the subordinated note payable also holds equity interests of the Successor, and therefore, is a related party. The subordinated note payable was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for $11.5 million. On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with the holder which increased the note payable to $13.1 million and provided for warrants to purchase additional common stock which is described further in Note 8.
F-13
Long term debt consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
March 29,
2015 |
January 4,
2015 |
|||||||
Term Loan, payable to a bank in quarterly installments of $500,000 through December 31, 2015, $625,000 through December 31, 2016, $750,000 through September 30, 2017, with a lump sum due at maturity. Interest is paid on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00 percent to 3.50 percent (an effective rate of 3.519 percent and 3.495 percent at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively). The Term Loan was originally due on March 15, 2018, but was subsequently amended to be due December 18, 2017, and is secured by substantially all of the Companys assets. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the balance of the Term Loan is presented net of a debt discount of $185,337 and $211,402, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender. | $ | 17,814,663 | $ | 17,788,598 | ||||
Subordinated note payable to a private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 16 percent of which 12 percent must be paid quarterly in cash and 4 percent can be paid in kind at the Companys discretion. The subordinated note payable is due in full on March 16, 2018, and is subordinated to the Revolver and Term Loan. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the balance of the note payable includes accumulated paid in kind interest of $132,887 and is presented net of a debt discount of $419,762 and $445,387, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender. | 12,713,125 | 12,687,500 | ||||||
Note payable to the seller of Chardan which is unsecured and subordinated to the senior credit facility and the subordinated note to the private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 6 percent. The note payable is due in full on February 6, 2019. | 500,000 | 500,000 | ||||||
Other debt | 38,198 | 42,647 | ||||||
Total debt | 31,065,986 | 31,018,745 | ||||||
Less current maturities | 2,143,362 | 2,018,133 | ||||||
Long-term debt Less current maturities | $ | 28,922,624 | $ | 29,000,612 |
The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note contain customary negative covenants and require that the Company comply with various financial covenants including a senior leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratio, interest coverage ratio, and capital expenditure covenant, as defined. Also, the senior credit facility restricts dividends being paid to UFI from its subsidiaries and the senior subordinated note precludes dividends being paid by UFI to its shareholders. As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, the Term Loan contains a clause, effective December 31, 2014, that requires an excess cash flow payment to be made if the Companys cash flow exceeds certain thresholds as defined by the senior credit facility and certain performance thresholds are not met.
F-14
Maturities on the Companys Revolver and other long term debt obligations for the remainder of the current fiscal year and future fiscal years:
2015 | 2,013,609 | |||
2016 | 2,518,989 | |||
2017 | 22,857,437 | |||
2018 | 13,132,885 | |||
2019 | 500,000 | |||
Total | 41,022,920 | |||
Discounts | (605,099 | ) | ||
Total debt Net | $ | 40,417,821 |
The Company holds a derivative financial instrument, as required by its senior lending facility, for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks relating to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently in income as interest expense.
Effective April 26, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 0.83 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning on March 3, 2014. The notional amount begins at $4,714,286 and decreases by $196,429 each quarter until it expires on March 1, 2016.
Effective January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility during December 2013, the Company terminated the swap described above and entered into a new interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 1.27 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning immediately. The notional amount begins at $10,000,000 and decreases by $250,000 each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins decreasing by $312,500 per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2014 the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($105,072) and ($86,511), respectively which is included in other long-term liabilities and the Company paid $15,952 in net monthly settlements during the Q1 2015 period. Both the change in fair value and the monthly settlements are included in interest expense.
Common Stock
As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the Companys common stock consists of 15,000,000 authorized shares of $0.001 par value stock with 6,739,998 shares of common stock issued and outstanding with 495,000 unissued shares reserved for the Companys stock incentive plan.
On January 14, 2013, (the date of formation of the Company), the Company sold 999,999 shares of common stock for $0.167 per share to a group of founding shareholders. An agreement requires the Company to redeem these shares at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share.
On March 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, the Company issued shares of common stock to its subordinated lender and a private placement group. Additionally, all of the stockholders entered into agreements which provide for certain restrictions on the transferability of the shares
F-15
and provides certain shareholders further restrictions, requirements or benefits. The subordinated lender purchased 1,050,000 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. An agreement provides the subordinated lender the option to have its shares redeemed by the Company for their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. The private placement group purchased 2,949,999 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $745,012 for net total proceeds of $12,588,318.
On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued 1,740,000 additional shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. 365,400 shares were purchased by the subordinated lender under the same provisions as described above while the remaining 1,374,600 were purchased by other investors in a private placement. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $344,128 for net total proceeds of $5,455,872.
Warrants
On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued warrants to purchase 139,200 common shares for $3.33 per share. The warrants were valued at $50,534 upon issuance. The warrants can be exercised at any time ten years from the issuance date. 29,232 warrants are held by the subordinated lender and the remainder are held by shareholders in the founders group. The common shares received when the warrants are exercised will not contain any of the redemption features described above for any shareholders.
The fair value of each warrant award was estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The final valuation after using the assumptions in the table below also calculated a further weighted average to value the warrants and was based on 80% weighting given to a public sale and 20% to a private sale of the Company. Finally, that value was further discounted by 15% to account for the fact that warrants are only transferrable to institutional and accredited investors. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for warrants adjusted for the Companys size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrants was based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below for a public sale followed by a private sale of the Company).
Expected volatility | 32.00%/50.00 | % | ||
Dividend yield | 0.00%/0.00 | % | ||
Expected term (in years) | 2/6 | |||
Risk-free rate | 0.31%/1.91 | % |
As described in Note 8, the 1,415,400 shares issued to the subordinated lender include features for the shares to be redeemed at their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Companys control. These shares have been recorded initially using their net proceeds and will be adjusted to their redemption value each period using a ratable allocation based on the Companys estimate of the redemption date and fair value of the shares. The Company will accrete the redemption value of these shares over the estimated redemption period to the earliest known redemption date with any changes in estimates being accounted for prospectively. However, reductions in the redemption value will only be recorded to the extent of previously recorded increases. As of March 29, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $12,743,318 which
F-16
is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $754,816 of accretion was recorded in the period ended March 29, 2015 in addition to the 2014 accretion amount noted below. The redemption value was calculated based on an internal methodology (the Company strategy for interim periods), which was based on calculating Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) multiples based on enterprise values of selected public companies that are comparable to the Company. An estimated EBITDA multiple was then determined for the Company and used to calculate the enterprise value and thereby the per share value used in the redemption value.
As of January 4, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $11,195,814 which is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $1,852,840 of accretion was recorded. The redemption value for the 2014 period was calculated by an outside party (the Company strategy for annual periods), using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes to capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate.
As described in Note 8, the Companys 999,999 shares issued to the founder group are redeemable at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Companys control. These shares have been recorded initially using their proceeds of $0.167 per share and there will not be any accretion of these shares from this initial value because they are already recorded at their redemption value. The redemption value of the shares is $166,667.
The Companys board of directors approved a stock incentive plan (the Plan) in 2013. The Plan permits the Company to grant 495,000 non statutory or incentive stock options to the employees, directors and consultants of the Company. 495,000 shares of unissued common stock are required to be reserved for the Plan. The board of directors has the authority to determine the participants to whom stock options shall be awarded as well as any restrictions to be placed upon the awards. The exercise price cannot be less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the time the stock options are issued and the maximum length of an award is ten years.
On July 17, 2013 and January 1, 2014, the board of directors approved the issuance of 375,000 and 120,000 non statutory stock option awards, respectively to employees of the Company with an exercise price of $3.33 with a weighted average grant date fair value of $86,450 and $42,000 respectively. These awards vest 20 percent on the grant date and an additional 20 percent on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries thereafter. Vested awards can only be exercised while the participants are employed by the Company. Upon termination, the Company may repurchase the vested awards at their fair value (or their exercise price if terminated for cause) prior to their exercise.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The Company estimated zero employee terminations based on the options granted being limited to a small pool of senior employees of which the Company has no historical turnover experience. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for options for adjusted for the Companys size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below as January 1, 2014 followed by July 17, 2013).
F-17
Expected volatility | 34.00 | % | ||
Dividend yield | 0.00 | % | ||
Expected term (in years) | 4 | |||
Risk-free rate | 1.27%/0.96 | % |
A summary of option activity under the Plan is presented below:
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1) | |||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 4, 2015 | 495,000 | $ | 3.33 | 8.65 | ||||||||||||
Granted | | | ||||||||||||||
Exercised | | | | |||||||||||||
Forfeited or expired | | | | |||||||||||||
Outstanding at March 29, 2015 | 495,000 | $ | 3.33 | 8.42 | $ | 2,138,038 | ||||||||||
Vested and exercisable at March 29, 2015 | 198,000 | $ | 3.33 | 8.42 | $ | 855,215 |
(1) | The aggregate intrinsic value above is obtained by subtracting the weighted average exercise price from the estimated fair value of the underlying shares as of March 29, 2015 and multiplying this result by the related number of options outstanding and exercisable at March 29, 2015. The valuation of the shares was based on an internal methodology (the Company strategy for interim periods) which was based on calculating EBITDA multiples based on enterprise values of selected public companies that are comparable to the Company. An estimated EBITDA multiple was then determined for the Company and used to calculate the enterprise value and thereby the per share value used. |
The Company recorded expenses of $5,908 and $4,213 in its consolidated statement of operations during the periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively, as a component of sales, general and administrative expenses.
As of March 29, 2015, there was $63,015 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.42 years.
In 2014 the Company has adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the closing of our public offering. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants rights.
F-18
Income before income taxes for U.S. and Non-U.S. operations are as follows:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
12 Week Period
March 29, 2015 |
13 Week Period
March 30, 2014 |
|||||||
U.S. income | 1,583,649 | 455,426 | ||||||
Non-U.S. income | 244,716 | 206,471 | ||||||
Income before income taxes | 1,828,365 | 661,897 |
The components of the income tax provision included in the statements of operations are all attributable to continuing operations and are detailed as follows:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Twelve Week
Period March 29, 2015 |
Thirteen Week
Period March 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Current federal income taxes | $ | 289,553 | $ | 410,708 | ||||
Current state income taxes | 61,875 | 72,970 | ||||||
Current foreign income taxes | 58,423 | 42,263 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes | 225,778 | (325,774 | ) | |||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) | $ | 635,629 | $ | 200,167 |
Significant components of current and noncurrent deferred taxes are as follows:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
As of
March 29, 2015 |
As of
January 4, 2015 |
|||||||
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
|
||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | 262,406 | $ | 246,744 | ||||
Inventories | 121,328 | 121,575 | ||||||
Accrued payroll and benefits | 498,125 | 907,174 | ||||||
Other | 13,404 | 13,211 | ||||||
Net current deferred tax asset | 895,263 | 1,288,704 | ||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):
|
||||||||
Property, plant, and equipment | (3,290,143 | ) | (3,329,790 | ) | ||||
Goodwill and intangible assets | (3,101,701 | ) | (3,220,663 | ) | ||||
Other | 62,177 | 53,123 | ||||||
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability | (6,329,667 | ) | (6,497,330 | ) | ||||
Net total deferred tax liability | $ | (5,434,404 | ) | $ | (5,208,626 | ) |
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized and thus, believes that a valuation allowance is not required as of March 29, 2015 or January 4, 2015.
F-19
A reconciliation of taxes on income from continuing operations based on the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Twelve week
period ended March 29, 2015 |
Thirteen week
period ended March 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Income tax expense, computed at 34% of pretax income | $ | 621,644 | $ | 225,045 | ||||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit | 53,038 | 37,323 | ||||||
Effect of foreign income taxes | (27,027 | ) | (32,683 | ) | ||||
Effect of permanent differences | (14,110 | ) | (24,526 | ) | ||||
Other | 2,084 | (4,993 | ) | |||||
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes | $ | 635,629 | $ | 200,167 |
The Company leases office space, production facilities and equipment under operating leases with various expiration dates through the year 2020. The leases require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance costs. One of the leases provides for escalating rents over the life of the lease and rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight line basis, with the difference between lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. Total rent expense charged to operations was approximately $327,512 and $301,357 for the 2015 and 2014 Successor Periods, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows at March 29, 2015:
2015 | 982,535 | |||
2016 | 1,155,332 | |||
2017 | 1,103,441 | |||
2018 | 1,048,054 | |||
2019 | 879,682 | |||
Thereafter | 481,250 | |||
Total | $ | 5,650,294 |
The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employees contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employees total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employees total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants. The Company contributed $89,363 and $52,469 for the 2015 and 2014 Successor periods, respectively.
A shareholder provided subordinated debt financing which is discussed further in Note 6. Interest charges were recognized in the amounts of $518,119 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and $518,119 for the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively, related to the subordinated debt financing. Accrued interest of $178,463 and $0 was due to this subordinated lender at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015.
F-20
Effective March 18, 2013, the Company is under a five year management agreement with a firm related to several shareholders. The agreement requires annual management fees of $300,000 and additional fees for assistance provided with acquisitions. The Company incurred management fees of $75,000 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively. During the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred fees related to the acquisition of Chardan of $110,000. The Company allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. The fees paid during the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014 were all allocated to an expensed as transaction costs.
Financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amount of all significant financial instruments approximates fair value due to either the short maturity or the existence of variable interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.
Accounting standards require certain other items be reported at fair value in the financial statements and provides a framework for establishing that fair value. The framework for determining fair value is based on a hierarchy that prioritizes the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value.
Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar items in active markets, and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related item. Level 3 fair value measurements are based primarily on managements own estimates using inputs such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques taking into account the characteristics of the item.
In instances whereby inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation. The Companys assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each item.
The Successor measures its interest rate swap at fair value on a recurring basis based primarily on Level 2 inputs using an income model based on disparity between variance and fixed interest rates, the scheduled balance of principal outstanding, yield curves and other information readily available in the market.
The Company is engaged from time to time in legal matters and proceedings arising out of its normal course of business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of such matters, the Company believes that there are no pending proceedings in which the Company is currently involved that will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.
F-21
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed giving effect to all potentially weighted average dilutive shares including options and warrants. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards, if any, is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.
Successor | Successor | |||||||
Twelve week
period ended March 29, 2015 |
Thirteen week
period ended March 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Basic earnings per share calculation:
|
||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 461,730 | ||||
Preferred stock dividends | | | ||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 461,730 | ||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,739,998 | 6,739,998 | ||||||
Net income (loss) per share-basic | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.07 | ||||
Diluted earnings per share calculation:
|
||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 1,192,736 | $ | 461,730 | ||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,739,998 | 6,739,998 | ||||||
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
||||||||
Stock options (1) | 191,956 | | ||||||
Warrants (1) | 74,636 | | ||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 7,006,590 | 6,739,998 | ||||||
Net income (loss) per share-diluted | $ | 0.17 | $ | $0.07 |
(1) | Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2015 period were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive as a result of the securities being out of the money with a strike price greater than the average fair market value during the period presented. |
Potential Acquisition
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent and are engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. The Company believes that the acquisition would augment our existing product offerings and potentially enable us to access new customers and increase sales to certain of our existing customers.
The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by us, if any. The Company currently intends to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from its senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to us by the prospective seller, which the Company has not independently verified, the business it is considering acquiring
F-22
had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and EBITDA of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.
The completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to the Companys satisfaction of due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and the Company obtaining the commitment of its senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) the Company will complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) the Company will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if the Company completes the acquisition, it will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into its business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.
F-23
To the Board of Directors
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
Auburn Hills, MI
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (formerly known as UFI Acquisition, Inc.) (Successor), and UFI Acquisition, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Successor for the year ended January 4, 2015 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, respectively, and of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Successor as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, and the results of the Successors operations and its cash flows for the year ended January 4, 2015 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, and of the Predecessors operations and its cash flows for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
Southfield, Michigan
May 4, 2015
F-24
Successor | Successor | |||||||
January 4,
2015 |
December 29,
2013 |
|||||||
Assets
|
||||||||
Current Assets
|
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 756,044 | $ | 891,826 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 18,747,468 | 16,922,115 | ||||||
Inventory | 10,488,051 | 8,439,529 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
|
||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other | 1,613,327 | 576,368 | ||||||
Refundable taxes | | 1,340,677 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset | 1,288,704 | 912,276 | ||||||
Total current assets | 32,893,594 | 29,082,791 | ||||||
Property, Plant, and Equipment Net | 17,920,073 | 14,814,878 | ||||||
Goodwill | 15,183,417 | 14,384,134 | ||||||
Intangible assets | 16,748,466 | 18,153,382 | ||||||
Other assets
|
||||||||
Investments at cost | 1,054,120 | 1,054,120 | ||||||
Deposits and other assets | 61,094 | 94,030 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs | 289,942 | 375,933 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 84,150,706 | $ | 77,959,268 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
||||||||
Current Liabilities
|
||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 10,177,820 | $ | 7,882,571 | ||||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 2,018,133 | 2,022,600 | ||||||
Income taxes payable | 90,169 | | ||||||
Accrued compensation | 2,791,260 | 2,324,559 | ||||||
Other accrued liabilities | 1,498,094 | 1,766,015 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 16,575,476 | 13,995,745 | ||||||
Long-term debt net of current portion | 29,000,612 | 30,304,283 | ||||||
Line of credit | 8,952,865 | 7,736,456 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities
|
||||||||
Deferred tax liability | 6,497,330 | 7,237,825 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 86,511 | 146,218 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 61,112,794 | 59,420,527 | ||||||
Redeemable Common Stock 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding with a redemption value of $11,362,481 and $4,214,711 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively | 6,445,977 | 4,593,137 | ||||||
Stockholders Equity
|
||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 issued and outstanding | 4,325 | 4,325 | ||||||
Additional paid-in-capital | 13,723,456 | 13,689,125 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 2,864,154 | 252,154 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity | 16,591,935 | 13,945,604 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity | $ | 84,150,706 | $ | 77,959,268 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-25
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Net Sales | $ | 126,480,235 | $ | 63,878,311 | $ | 16,377,967 | ||||||
Cost of Sales | 95,020,102 | 48,983,472 | 12,717,056 | |||||||||
Gross Profit | 31,460,133 | 14,894,839 | 3,660,911 | |||||||||
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses | 21,325,888 | 12,068,581 | 5,026,029 | |||||||||
Operating Income (Loss) | 10,134,245 | 2,826,258 | (1,365,118 | ) | ||||||||
Nonoperating Income (Expense)
|
||||||||||||
Investment income | 21,192 | 21,183 | | |||||||||
Other income | 50,627 | 89 | | |||||||||
Interest expense | (3,667,400 | ) | (2,309,535 | ) | (244,489 | ) | ||||||
Total nonoperating expense | (3,595,581 | ) | (2,288,263 | ) | (244,489 | ) | ||||||
Income (Loss) Before income taxes | 6,538,664 | 537,995 | (1,609,607 | ) | ||||||||
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) | 2,073,824 | 285,841 | (449,609 | ) | ||||||||
Net Income (Loss) | $ | 4,464,840 | $ | 252,154 | $ | (1,159,998 | ) | |||||
Net Income (Loss) per share
|
||||||||||||
Basic | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.05 | $ | (33.14 | ) | |||||
Diluted | $ | 0.65 | $ | 0.05 | $ | (33.14 | ) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-26
Preferred
Stock Series D, Nonvoting |
Preferred
Stock Series C, Voting |
Preferred
Stock Series B, Voting |
Common Stock
Class A, Voting |
|||||||||||||
Balance December 30, 2012 | $ | 86 | $ | 5,424 | $ | 25 | $ | 320 | ||||||||
Net loss | | | | | ||||||||||||
Balance March 17, 2013 | $ | 86 | $ | 5,424 | $ | 25 | $ | 320 |
Common Stock
Class B, Nonvoting |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Retained
Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) |
Total | |||||||||||||
Balance December 30, 2012 | $ | 70 | $ | 14,076,661 | $ | 418,728 | $ | 14,501,314 | ||||||||
Net loss | | | (1,159,998 | ) | (1,159,998 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance March 17, 2013 | $ | 70 | $ | 14,076,661 | $ | (741,270 | ) | $ | 13,341,316 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-27
Common
Stock |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Retained
Earnings |
Total | |||||||||||||
Balance January 14, 2013 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Issuance of common stock | 4,325 | 13,613,396 | | 13,617,720 | ||||||||||||
Net income | | | 252,154 | 252,154 | ||||||||||||
Stock option expense | | 25,195 | | 25,195 | ||||||||||||
Issuance of warrants | | 50,534 | | 50,534 | ||||||||||||
Balance December 29, 2013 | $ | 4,325 | $ | 13,689,125 | $ | 252,154 | $ | 13,945,604 |
Common
Stock |
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Retained
Earnings |
Total | |||||||||||||
Balance December 29, 2013 | $ | 4,325 | $ | 13,689,125 | $ | 252,154 | $ | 13,945,604 | ||||||||
Net income | | | 4,464,840 | 4,464,840 | ||||||||||||
Stock option expense | | 34,331 | | 34,331 | ||||||||||||
Reduction for accretion on redeemable
stock |
| | (1,852,840 | ) | (1,852,840 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance January 4, 2015 | $ | 4,325 | $ | 13,723,456 | $ | 2,864,154 | $ | 16,591,935 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-28
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
December 30,
2013 through January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
|
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 4,464,840 | $ | 252,154 | $ | (1,159,998 | ) | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 3,524,669 | 2,077,069 | 118,078 | |||||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs | 313,853 | 244,179 | 111,984 | |||||||||
Loss on sale of assets | 25,626 | | 22,947 | |||||||||
Bad debt expense | 407,248 | 117,520 | 95,035 | |||||||||
Loss on derivative instrument | 55,785 | 30,726 | | |||||||||
Stock option and warrant expense | 34,331 | 75,729 | | |||||||||
Deferred compensation expense | | | 1,739,567 | |||||||||
Accrued in-kind interest on long-term debt | | 132,887 | 21,868 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes | (1,173,395 | ) | (574,711 | ) | 18,276 | |||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
|
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable | (1,820,427 | ) | (134,677 | ) | (1,056,555 | ) | ||||||
Inventory | (1,798,050 | ) | 381,254 | (115,171 | ) | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | 914,044 | (274,250 | ) | (734,944 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable | 1,893,740 | (469,263 | ) | 709,138 | ||||||||
Accrued and other liabilities | 285,860 | (2,111,289 | ) | (25,784 | ) | |||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities |
7,128,124 | (252,672 | ) | (255,559 | ) | |||||||
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
|
||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (3,885,050 | ) | (879,652 | ) | (551,499 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | 17,264 | | 45,000 | |||||||||
Acquisition of Chardan Corporation | (2,316,911 | ) | | | ||||||||
Acquisition of Unique Fabricating, net of cash acquired | (168,633 | ) | (28,698,386 | ) | | |||||||
Acquisition of PTI, net of cash acquired | | (16,410,121 | ) | | ||||||||
Working capital adjustment from acquisition of PTI | 173,740 | | | |||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (6,179,590 | ) | (45,988,159 | ) | (506,499 | ) | ||||||
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
|
||||||||||||
Net change in bank overdraft | 311,065 | (37,478 | ) | 175,727 | ||||||||
Proceeds from debt | | 34,178,571 | | |||||||||
Payments on debt and in-kind interest | (2,022,598 | ) | (1,195,072 | ) | (134,048 | ) | ||||||
(Payments on) proceeds from revolving credit facilities | 1,216,409 | 7,736,456 | 501,953 | |||||||||
Debt issuance costs | (13,400 | ) | (1,491,363 | ) | | |||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock | | 18,210,858 | | |||||||||
Pay-off of debt assumed through business acquisitions | | (10,269,315 | ) | | ||||||||
Expenses of in process equity offering | (575,792 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (1,084,316 | ) | 47,132,657 | 543,632 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-29
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
December 30,
2013 through January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents | (135,782 | ) | 891,826 | (218,426 | ) | |||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents Beginning of period | 891,826 | | 468,334 | |||||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents End of period | $ | 756,044 | $ | 891,826 | $ | 249,908 | ||||||
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for |
||||||||||||
Interest | $ | 3,482,230 | $ | 1,697,036 | $ | 179,707 | ||||||
Income taxes | $ | 2,466,091 | $ | 1,100,000 | $ | 141,005 | ||||||
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Non cash investing and financing activities for |
||||||||||||
Note payable incurred for Chardan acquisition | $ | 500,000 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Accretion on redeemable Common Stock | $ | 1,852,840 | $ | | $ | |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-30
Nature of Business UFI Acquisition, Inc. (Unique or Successor), a Delaware corporation, was formed on January 14, 2013, for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Unique Fabricating or Predecessor) (collectively, the Company) on March 18, 2013, as described further in Note 2. The Company operates as one operating and reporting segment to fabricate and broker foam and rubber products, which are primarily sold to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and tiered suppliers in the automotive, appliance, water heater and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industries. In September 2014, UFI changed its name to Unique Fabricating Inc. which is now the parent company of the consolidated group. As a result of the name change, the subsidiary previously named Unique Fabricating Inc. became Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.
Basis of Presentation As a result of UFIs acquisition of Unique Fabricating, purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting was applied beginning on March 18, 2013. The financial statement periods are as follows:
| The period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 (2013 Predecessor period) which together reflects Unique Fabricatings operations prior to its acquisition by UFI. |
| The period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 which reflects Unique Fabricatings operations subsequent to its acquisition by UFI including the activity of UFI from its inception on January 14, 2013 which only included capital contributions until its acquisition of Unique Fabricating on March 18, 2013 (2013 Successor period). |
The consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor period have been prepared using the Predecessors historical basis of accounting. As a result of purchase accounting, the Predecessor and Successor consolidated financial statements are not comparable.
All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
On November 18, 2014, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase its authorized common shares to 15,000,000 with a par value $0.001 per share. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation also effected an internal recapitalization pursuant to which the Company effected a 3-for-1 stock split on its outstanding common stock. As a result of the stock split, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Companys stock options and warrants were adjusted accordingly based on the provisions of the stock option plan and warrant agreements.
Accordingly, all Successor common share, options, warrants and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.
Fiscal Years The Companys 52 week fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31 Fiscal year 2014 ended as of January 4, 2015 and fiscal year 2013 ended of December 29, 2013.
Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is managements best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on historical write off experience and an understanding of individual customer payment history and financial condition. Management reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts at regular intervals. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when management determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $704,713 and $407,962 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.
F-31
Inventory Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out method (FIFO). Inventory acquired as part of a business combination is recorded at its estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. The Company periodically evaluates inventory for obsolescence, excess quantities, slow moving goods and other impairments of value and establishes reserves for any identified impairments.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets The carrying value of long-lived assets held for use is periodically evaluated when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset held for use is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.
Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment purchases are recorded at cost. Property, plant, and equipment acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Depreciation is calculated principally using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the period of the related leases. Upon retirement or disposal, the initial cost or valuation and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Intangible Assets The Company does not hold any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. Identifiable intangible assets recognized as part of a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The Company determined that no impairment indicators were present and all originally assigned useful lives remained appropriate during 2014 or 2013.
Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed from business combinations at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed at least on an annual basis for impairment. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than the carrying value then a qualitative assessment may be used for the annual impairment test. Otherwise, a two-step process is used. The first step requires estimating the fair value of each reporting unit compared to its carrying value. The Company has determined that the only reporting unit is the Company as a whole. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, a second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to its implied fair value.
There was no impairment charge recognized during 2014 or 2013.
Debt Issuance Costs Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and other financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported as assets upon the original issuance of the related debt. Amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders are presented as debt discount. Debt issuance costs on term debt are amortized using the effective interest method while those related to revolving debt are amortized using a straight line basis over the term of the related debt.
F-32
At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, debt issuance costs were $289,942 and $375,933, respectively, while amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders presented as debt discounts were $656,789 and $871,250, respectively. Amortization expense has been recognized as a component of interest expense which includes both debt issuance and debt discounts in the amount of $313,853, $160,304, and $111,984 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.
Investments Investments in entities in which the Company has less than a 20 percent interest or is not able to exercise significant influence are carried at cost. Cost basis investments acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Dividends received are included in income, except for those dividends received in excess of the Companys proportionate share of accumulated earnings, which are applied as a reduction of the cost of the investment. Impairment losses due to a decline in the value of the investment that is other than temporary are recognized when incurred. Dividend income of $21,164, $21,164, and $0 was recognized for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively. There were no impairment charges recognized during 2014 or 2013.
Accounts Payable Under the Companys cash management system, checks issued but not yet presented to the Companys bank frequently result in overdraft balances for accounting purposes and are classified as accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts payable included $1,811,757 and $1,429,051 of checks issued in excess of available cash balances at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.
Stock based Compensation The Company accounts for its stock based compensation using the fair value of the award estimated at the grant date of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of awards, consisting of stock options, using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized in earnings using the straight line method over the vesting period, which represents the requisite service period.
Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.
Shipping and Handling Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of sales as they are incurred.
Income Taxes A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the period. Deferred tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax accounting measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company also evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. Management evaluates all positive and negative evidence and uses judgment regarding past and future events, including operating results, to help determine when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. When appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets to reserve for future tax benefits that may not be realized.
The Company recognizes the benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company assesses all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remain open. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013. The Company files income tax
F-33
returns in the United States and Mexico as well as various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011 in the United States and before 2007 in Mexico. The Company recognizes any penalties and interest when necessary as income tax expense. There were no penalties or interest recorded during 2014 or 2013.
Foreign Currency Adjustments The Companys functional currency for all operations worldwide is the United States dollar. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal year. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of foreign currency financial statements into United States dollars are classified in operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.
Concentration Risks The Company is exposed to various significant concentration risks as follows:
Customer and Credit During 2014 and 2013, the Companys net sales were derived from customers principally engaged in the North American automotive industry. Company sales directly and indirectly through Tier 1 suppliers to General Motors Company (GM), Chrysler Group, LLC (Chrysler), and Ford Motor Company (Ford) were 18, 18, and 14 percent, respectively during the 2014 Successor Period, 25, 22, and 21 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Successor Period, and 24, 25, and 20 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Companys total sales. Company sales and trade receivables are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers, of which Johnson Controls accounted for, 14 percent of sales during the 2013 Successor Period, and 15 percent during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Companys total net sales. Johnson Controls accounted for 14 percent of trade receivables at year ended December 29, 2013. No customers accounted for as much as 10% of the Companys total net sales during 2014 Successor Period or trade receivables at year ended January 4, 2015.
Labor Markets At January 4, 2015, of the Companys hourly plant employees working in the United States manufacturing facilities, 38 percent are covered under a collective bargaining agreement which expires in August 2016 while another 6 percent are covered under a separate agreement that expires in January 2017.
Foreign Currency Exchange The expression of assets and liabilities in a currency other than the functional currency gives rise to exchange gains and losses when such obligations are paid in another currency. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments (i.e., differences between amounts recorded and actual amounts owed or paid) are reported in the statement of operations as the foreign currency fluctuations occur. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments are reported in the statement of cash flows using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the cash flows. At January 4, 2015, the Companys exposure to assets and liabilities denominated in another currency was not significant. To the extent there is a fluctuation in the exchange rates, the amount of local currency to be paid or received to satisfy foreign currency obligations in 2015 may increase or decrease.
International Operations The Company manufactures and sells products outside of the United States principally in Mexico. Foreign operations are subject to various political, economic and other risks and uncertainties inherent in foreign countries. Among other risks, the Companys operations are subject to the risks of restrictions on: transfers of funds; export duties, quotas, and embargoes; domestic and international customs and tariffs; changing taxation policies; foreign exchange restrictions; political conditions; and governmental regulations. During the 2014 Successor Period, 2013 Successor Period and 2013 Predecessor Period, 11, 13, and 14 percent, respectively, of the Companys production occurred in Mexico. Sales derived from customers located in Mexico, Canada, and other foreign countries were 13, 5, and 1 percent, respectively during the 2014 Successor period, 14, 6, and 2 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Successor period, and 14, 6, and 2 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Companys total net sales.
F-34
Derivative financial instruments All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria.
Use of Estimates The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
2013
On March 17, 2013, UFI acquired 100 percent of the outstanding preferred shares, common shares and warrants of Unique Fabricating for cash consideration of $30,057,551, after all adjustments described below. All shares and warrants purchased were then cancelled in return for a single common share. The cash consideration consisted of $41.5 million plus Unique Fabricatings available cash less the assumed debt, incentive compensation, and selling expenses. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing as well as certain income tax benefits from the pre-acquisition period that would be received after closing. On July 12, 2013, the sellers paid UFI $515,239 for the working capital adjustment. UFI estimated that it owed the sellers $1,109,582 in income tax benefits, of which $168,633 was paid during 2014. The remainder is expected to be paid during 2015, and is included as accrued liabilities. UFI incurred costs of $519,079 related to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating which were expensed as incurred in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash | $ | 249,583 | ||
Accounts receivable | 13,833,597 | |||
Inventory | 6,380,672 | |||
Deferred tax assets | 755,894 | |||
Other current assets | 1,519,197 | |||
Property, plant, and equipment | 7,615,112 | |||
Other long-term assets | 1,109,568 | |||
Intangible assets | 16,359,000 | |||
Accounts payable | (7,416,740 | ) | ||
Accrued liabilities | (4,614,773 | ) | ||
Debt | (10,351,062 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities | (7,750,148 | ) | ||
Total identifiable net assets | 17,689,900 | |||
Goodwill | 12,367,651 | |||
Total | $ | 30,057,551 |
On December 18, 2013, UFI, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique Prescotech, Inc. (Prescotech), acquired substantially all of the assets of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. (PTI) for total cash consideration of $16,363,154, after all adjustments described below. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. On February 4, 2014, PTI paid UFI $173,740 for the net working
F-35
capital adjustment which is included as another receivable by UFI at December 29, 2013. UFI incurred costs of approximately $375,726 related to the acquisition of PTI which were expensed as incurred in selling, general and administrative expenses. The consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of PTI from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition allows UFI to further strengthen its automotive business while also diversifying into the appliance, water heater and HVAC markets, where PTI had a large presence.
The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash | $ | 126,773 | ||
Accounts receivable | 2,897,621 | |||
Inventory | 2,440,111 | |||
Deferred tax assets | 93,994 | |||
Other current assets | 162,179 | |||
Property, plant, and equipment | 6,855,050 | |||
Identifiable intangible assets | 3,336,515 | |||
Accounts payable | (972,572 | ) | ||
Accrued liabilities | (593,000 | ) | ||
Total identifiable net assets | 14,346,671 | |||
Goodwill | 2,016,483 | |||
Total | $ | 16,363,154 |
The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisitions includes gross amounts due of $17,130,478 of which as of January 4, 2015, $399,260 is expected to be uncollectible.
The goodwill of $14,384,134 arising from the acquisitions consists largely of the acquirees respective reputations, trained employees, management teams and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $6,237,096 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The amounts of PrescoTechs revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statements of operations for the period ended December 29, 2013, totaled $428,472 and $(139,316), respectively, from the date of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the 2013 Successor and Predecessor periods gives effect to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI as if they had occurred on January 2, 2012 (the first day of the Companys 2012 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Companys results of operations had the Unique Fabricating and PTI acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Companys results of operations for any future date.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
|||||||
Net sales | $ | 85,007,561 | $ | 22,089,955 | ||||
Net income | $ | 2,006,297 | $ | 290,115 | ||||
Net income per common share basic (1) | $ | 0.30 | $ | 4.04 | ||||
Net income per common share diluted (1) | $ | 0.30 | $ | 3.23 |
(1) | Calculation includes the impact of preferred dividends in the Predecessor period as further explained in the Earnings Per Share Table in Note 17. |
F-36
On February 6, 2014, the Company, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, Corp. (Chardan) for total consideration of $2,816,911, after all adjustments described below. The consideration was in the form of $2,316,911 of cash and a $500,000 note payable to the former owner. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of six percent and is subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. During June 2014, the Company paid Chardan $116,911 for the working capital adjustment. This acquisition was financed through existing debt facilities without the need for further revisions to any debt or equity agreements. The Company incurred costs of approximately $236,537 related to the acquisition of Chardan. The Company represented a significant majority of Chardan Corporations revenue prior to the acquisition so the acquisition allows the Company to reduce its costs through supply chain integration as well as strengthen its thermo forming capabilities.
In connection with the business combination, Chardan terminated the lease it had with an affiliated entity for its operating facility and the Company entered into a new lease for the same facility. The terms of the Companys lease provide for monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.
The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Chardan transaction.
Accounts receivable | $ | 585,914 | ||
Inventory | 250,472 | |||
Deferred tax assets | 34,350 | |||
Other current assets | 1,597 | |||
Property, plant, and equipment | 417,305 | |||
Identifiable intangible assets | 965,478 | |||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | (146,676 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities | (90,811 | ) | ||
Total identifiable net assets | 2,017,629 | |||
Goodwill | 799,282 | |||
Total | $ | 2,816,911 |
The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisition includes $497,075 that was previously due from the Company and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible in full.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the Chardans reputation, trained employees, and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $866,647 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
F-37
The amounts of Chardans revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended January 4, 2015, totaled $4,175,300 and $439,931 respectively, from the date of acquisition, of which $2,767,173 in revenue was derived from intercompany sales to Unique Fabricating which were eliminated in consolidation.
The following pro forma supplementary data for the 2014 Successor period gives effect to the acquisition of Chardan as if it had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Companys 2013 fiscal year) and the effects of the Unique Fabricating and PTI acquisitions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Companys 2013 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Companys results of operations had the acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Companys results of operations for any future date.
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18, 2013
through December 29, 2013 |
December 31, 2012
through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 126,636,612 | $ | 86,171,922 | $ | 22,277,922 | ||||||
Net income | $ | 4,766,394 | $ | 2,027,352 | $ | 393,352 | ||||||
Net income per common share basic (1) | $ | 0.71 | $ | 1.20 | $ | 6.69 | ||||||
Net income per common share diluted (1) | $ | 0.69 | $ | 1.20 | $ | 6.69 |
(1) | Calculation includes the impact of preferred dividends in the Predecessor period as further explained in the Earnings Per Share Table in Note 17. |
Inventory consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
January 4,
2015 |
December 29,
2013 |
|||||||
Raw materials | $ | 6,013,045 | $ | 4,950,217 | ||||
Work in progress | 499,241 | 398,735 | ||||||
Finished goods | 3,975,765 | 3,090,577 | ||||||
Total inventory | $ | 10,488,051 | $ | 8,439,529 |
Included in inventory are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $1,788,902 at January 4, 2015 and $1,242,398 at December 29, 2013.
The inventory acquired in the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI included adjustments of $1,076,902 in order to increase the historical FIFO basis to fair value while the 2014 acquisition of Chardan included a fair value adjustment of $54,975 for a total of $1,131,877 for all acquisitions. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, $0 and $328,995, respectively, of this fair value adjustment remained in inventory while $383,970 and $747,907 was included in cost of goods sold during the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods, respectively.
F-38
Property, plant, and equipment consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||||||
January 4,
2015 |
December 29,
2013 |
Depreciable
Life Years |
||||||||||
Land | $ | 1,663,153 | $ | 1,663,153 | ||||||||
Buildings | 5,435,026 | 5,407,937 | 23 40 | |||||||||
Shop equipment | 8,467,946 | 6,867,117 | 7 10 | |||||||||
Leasehold improvements | 642,762 | 624,880 | 3 10 | |||||||||
Office equipment | 539,098 | 419,133 | 3 7 | |||||||||
Mobile equipment | 105,550 | 174,130 | 3 | |||||||||
Construction in progress | 2,754,411 | 193,464 | ||||||||||
Total cost | 19,607,946 | 15,349,814 | ||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation | 1,687,873 | 534,936 | ||||||||||
Net property, plant, and equipment | $ | 17,920,073 | $ | 14,814,878 |
Depreciation expense was $1,154,275, $534,936, and $118,078 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor Period, respectively.
Included in Property, plant, and equipment are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $628,570 and $576,934 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.
Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at January 4, 2015:
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Weighted
Average Life Years |
||||||||||
Customer contracts | $ | 15,614,881 | $ | 3,127,128 | 8.30 | |||||||
Trade names | 4,465,322 | 377,079 | 20.00 | |||||||||
Non-compete agreements | 580,790 | 408,320 | 1.62 | |||||||||
Total | $ | 20,660,993 | $ | 3,912,527 |
Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at December 29, 2013:
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Weighted
Average Life Years |
||||||||||
Customer contracts | $ | 14,649,403 | $ | 1,214,939 | 8.32 | |||||||
Trade names | 4,465,322 | 150,143 | 20.00 | |||||||||
Non-compete agreements | 580,790 | 177,051 | 1.62 | |||||||||
Total | $ | 19,695,515 | $ | 1,542,133 |
The weighted average amortization period for all intangible assets is 10.64 years. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $2,370,394 for the 2014 Successor period and $1,542,133 for the 2013 Successor period.
There were no intangible assets or intangible asset amortization expense during the 2013 Predecessor period.
F-39
Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows:
2015 | $ | 2,283,885 | ||
2016 | 2,111,416 | |||
2017 | 2,111,416 | |||
2018 | 2,111,416 | |||
2019 | 2,123,016 | |||
Thereafter | 6,007,317 | |||
Total | $ | 16,748,466 |
The Successor has a senior credit facility with a bank initially entered into on March 18, 2013 and subsequently amended. The facility was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for a $12.5 million revolving line of credit (Revolver) and an $11.0 million term loan facility (Term Loan). On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with its bank under the senior credit facility. The amendment increased the Revolver to $15.0 million and the Term Loan to $20.0 million. In October, 2014 an additional amendment increased the Revolver to $19.5 million which we plan to use the additional increase to fund the construction and equipment of a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. The total construction costs are expected to be $4.5 million of which $4.0 million has already been committed to by the Company as of January 4, 2015. The Company has incurred $2.6 million in costs related to the construction at January 4, 2015 which has been included in construction in progress and has been funded by the revolver.
As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, $8,952,865 and $7,736,456, respectively was outstanding on the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver are subject to a borrowing base, bear interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75 percent to 3.25 percent (an effective rate of 3.1655 percent and 3.4168 percent at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively), and are secured by substantially all of the Companys assets. At January 4, 2015, maximum additional available borrowings under the Revolver were $10,447,135 due to the amount outstanding and a $100,000 letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of the Companys facilities. The Revolver matures on December 18, 2017.
The Successor also has a subordinated note payable with a private lender initially issued on March 18, 2013, and amended. The holder of the subordinated note payable also holds equity interests of the Successor, and therefore, is a related party. The subordinated note payable was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for $11.5 million. On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company entered into an amendment with the private lender which increased the note payable to $13.1 million and provided for warrants to purchase common stock which is described further in Note 8.
F-40
Long term debt consists of the following:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
January 4,
2015 |
December 29,
2013 |
|||||||
Term Loan, payable to a bank in quarterly installments of $500,000 through December 31, 2015, $625,000 through December 31, 2016, $750,000 through September 30, 2017, with a lump sum due at maturity. Interest is paid on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00 percent to 3.50 percent (an effective rate of 3.495 percent and 3.7032 percent at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively). The Term Loan was originally due on March 15, 2018, but was subsequently amended to be due December 18, 2017, and is secured by substantially all of the Companys assets. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the balance of the Term Loan is presented net of a debt discount of $211,402 and $326,525, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender. | $ | 17,788,598 | $ | 19,673,474 | ||||
Subordinated note payable to a private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 16 percent of which 12 percent must be paid quarterly in cash and 4 percent can be paid in kind at the Companys discretion. The subordinated note payable is due in full on March 16, 2018, and is subordinated to the Revolver and Term Loan. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the balance of the note payable includes accumulated paid in kind interest of $132,887 and is presented net of a debt discount of $445,387 and $544,725, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender. | 12,687,500 | 12,588,162 | ||||||
Note payable to the seller of Chardan which is unsecured and subordinated to the senior credit facility and the subordinated note to the private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 6 percent. The note payable is due in full on February 6, 2019. | 500,000 | | ||||||
Other debt | 42,647 | 65,247 | ||||||
Total debt | 31,018,745 | 32,326,883 | ||||||
Less current maturities | 2,018,133 | 2,022,600 | ||||||
Long-term debt Less current maturities | $ | 29,000,612 | $ | 30,304,283 |
The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note contain customary negative covenants and require that the Company comply with various financial covenants including a senior leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratio, interest coverage ratio, and capital expenditure covenant, as defined. Also, the senior credit facility restricts dividends being paid to UFI from its subsidiaries and the senior subordinated note precludes dividends being paid by UFI to its shareholders. As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, the Term Loan contains a clause, effective December 31, 2014, that requires an excess cash flow payment to be made if the Companys cash flow exceeds certain thresholds as defined by the senior credit facility and certain performance thresholds are not met.
F-41
Maturities on the Successors Revolver and other long term debt obligations are as follows at January 4, 2015:
2015 | $ | 2,018,133 | ||
2016 | 2,518,989 | |||
2017 | 22,458,392 | |||
2018 | 13,132,885 | |||
2019 | 500,000 | |||
Total | 40,628,399 | |||
Discounts | (656,789 | ) | ||
Total debt Net | $ | 39,971,610 |
Prior to its acquisition by UFI on March 18, 2013, Unique Fabricating, Inc. had $10,351,062 in outstanding debt, including various term and revolving loans. Contemporaneously with the acquisition, $10,269,315 of this outstanding debt was repaid.
The Company holds a derivative financial instrument, as required by its senior lending facility, for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks relating to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently in income as interest expense.
Effective April 26, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap which required the Company to pay a fixed rate of 0.83 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning on March 3, 2014. The notional amount begins at $4,714,286 and decreases by $196,429 each quarter until it expires on March 1, 2016. At December 29, 2013, the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($30,726) and was recorded in other accrued liabilities with the change in fair value during the 2013 Successor period of $30,726 included in interest expense.
Effective January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility during December 2013, the Company terminated the swap described above and entered into a new interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 1.27 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning immediately. The notional amount begins at $10,000,000 and decreases by $250,000 each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins decreasing by $312,500 per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017. At January 4, 2015 the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($86,511) which is included in other long-term liabilities and the Company paid $103,722 in net monthly settlements during the 2014 Successor period. Both the change in fair value and the monthly settlements are included in interest expense.
Common Stock
As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the Successors common stock consists of 15,000,000 authorized shares of $0.001 par value stock with 6,739,998 shares of common stock issued and outstanding with 495,000 unissued shares reserved for the Successors stock incentive plan.
F-42
On January 14, 2013, (the date of formation of the Successor), the Company sold 999,999 shares of common stock for $0.167 per share to a group of founding stockholders. An agreement requires the Company to redeem these shares at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share.
On March 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, the Company issued shares of common stock to its subordinated lender and a private placement group. Additionally, all of the stockholders entered into agreements which provide for certain restrictions on the transferability of the shares and provides certain stockholders further restrictions, requirements or benefits. The subordinated lender purchased 1,050,000 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. An agreement provides the subordinated lender the option to have its shares redeemed by the Company for their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. The private placement group purchased 2,949,999 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $745,012 for net total proceeds of $12,588,318.
On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued 1,740,000 additional shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. 365,400 shares were purchased by the subordinated lender under the same provisions as described above while the remaining 1,374,600 were purchased by other investors in a private placement. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $344,128 for net total proceeds of $5,455,872.
Warrants
On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued warrants to purchase 139,200 common shares for $3.33 per share. The warrants were valued at $50,534 upon issuance. The warrants can be exercised at any time ten years from the issuance date. 29,232 warrants are held by the subordinated lender and the remainder are held by stockholders in the founders group. The common shares received when the warrants are exercised will not contain any of the redemption features described above for any stockholders.
The fair value of each warrant award was estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The final valuation after using the assumptions in the table below also calculated a further weighted average to value the warrants and was based on 80% weighting given to a public sale and 20% to a private sale of the Company. Finally, that value was further discounted by 15% to account for the fact that warrants are only transferrable to institutional and accredited investors. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for warrants adjusted for the Companys size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrants was based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below for a public sale followed by a private sale of the Company).
Expected volatility | 32.00%/50.00 | % | ||
Dividend yield | 0.00%/0.00 | % | ||
Expected term (in years) | 2/6 | |||
Risk-free rate | 0.31%/1.91 | % |
F-43
As described in Note 8, the 1,415,400 shares issued to the subordinated lender include features for the shares to be redeemed at their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Companys control. These shares have been recorded initially using their net proceeds and will be adjusted to their redemption value each period using a ratable allocation based on the Companys estimate of the redemption date and fair value of the shares. The Company will accrete the redemption value of these shares over the estimated redemption period to the earliest known redemption date with any changes in estimates being accounted for prospectively. However, reductions in the redemption value will only be recorded to the extent of previously recorded increases. As of January 4, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $11,195,814 which is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $1,852,840 of accretion was recorded. As of December 29, 2013, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $4,048,044 which is less than the initial net proceeds so no accretion was recorded.
The redemption value for both periods was calculated by an outside party, using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes to capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate.
As described in Note 8, the Companys 999,999 shares issued to the founder group are redeemable at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Companys control. These shares have been recorded initially using their proceeds of $0.167 per share and there will not be any accretion of these shares from this initial value because they are already recorded at their redemption value. The redemption value of the shares is $166,667.
The Predecessor maintained an executive incentive compensation plan organized as a phantom stock plan covering only specific executives. The plan was able to issue 10 units with expired units being available to re grant and exercised units permanently retired. Participants became fully vested upon a change of control of the Predecessor, and participants forfeited their unvested portion upon termination or forfeited their units in full upon termination for cause. The Successors acquisition of the Predecessor during 2013 resulted in a change of control which caused all unvested units to vest in full. This resulted in a charge of $1,739,567 during the 2013 Predecessor period which was included in sales, general, and administrative expenses.
The Companys board of directors approved a stock incentive plan (the Plan) in 2013. The Plan permits the Company to grant 495,000 non statutory or incentive stock options to the employees, directors and consultants of the Company. 495,000 shares of unissued common stock are required to be reserved for the Plan. The board of directors has the authority to determine the participants to whom stock options shall be awarded as well as any restrictions to be placed upon the awards. The exercise price cannot be less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the time the stock options are issued and the maximum length of an award is ten years.
On July 17, 2013 and January 1, 2014, the board of directors approved the issuance of 375,000 and 120,000 non statutory stock option awards, respectively to employees of the Company with an exercise price of $3.33 with a weighted average grant date fair value of $86,450 and $42,000 respectively. These awards vest 20 percent on the grant date and an additional 20 percent on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries thereafter. Vested awards can only be exercised while the participants are employed by the
F-44
Company. Upon termination, the Company may repurchase the vested awards at their fair value (or their exercise price if terminated for cause) prior to their exercise.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The Company estimated zero employee terminations based on the options granted being limited to a small pool of senior employees of which the Company has no historical turnover experience. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for options for adjusted for the Companys size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below as January 1, 2014 followed by July 17, 2013).
Expected volatility | 34.00 | % | ||
Dividend yield | 0.00 | % | ||
Expected term (in years) | 4 | |||
Risk-free rate | 1.27%/0.96 | % |
F-45
A summary of option activity under the Plan is presented below:
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
Number of
Shares |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (1) |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding at December 29, 2013 | 375,000 | $ | 3.33 | 9.55 | ||||||||||||
Granted | 120,000 | $ | 3.33 | 10.00 | ||||||||||||
Exercised | | | | |||||||||||||
Forfeited or expired | | | | |||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 4, 2015 | 495,000 | $ | 3.33 | 8.65 | $ | 1,678,050 | ||||||||||
Vested and exercisable at January 4, 2015 | 198,000 | $ | 3.33 | 8.65 | $ | 671,220 |
(1) | The aggregate intrinsic value above is obtained by subtracting the weighted average exercise price from the estimated fair value of the underlying shares as of January 4, 2015 and multiplying this result by the related number of options outstanding and exercisable at January 4, 2015. The value was calculated by an outside party, using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate. |
The Company recorded expenses of $34,331 in its consolidated statement of operations during the 2014 Successor period, as a component of sales, general and administrative expenses.
As of January 4, 2015, there was $68,923 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.65 years.
In 2014 the Company has adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants rights.
F-46
Income before income taxes for U.S. and Non-U.S. operations are as follows:
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18, 2013 through
December 29, 2013 |
December 31, 2012 through
March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
U.S. income | 5,624,830 | 276,549 | (1,794,694 | ) | ||||||||
Non-U.S. income | 913,834 | 261,446 | 185,087 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes | 6,538,664 | 537,995 | (1,609,607 | ) |
The components of the income tax provision included in the statements of operations are all attributable to continuing operations and are detailed as follows:
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year Ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Current federal income taxes | $ | 2,778,151 | $ | 699,982 | $ | (511,309 | ) | |||||
Current state income taxes | 261,995 | 40,540 | (25,005 | ) | ||||||||
Current foreign income taxes | 207,073 | 120,030 | 68,429 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes | (1,173,395 | ) | (574,711 | ) | 18,276 | |||||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) | $ | 2,073,824 | $ | 285,841 | $ | (449,609 | ) |
Significant components of current and noncurrent deferred taxes are as follows:
Successor | Successor | |||||||
As of
January 4, 2015 |
As of
December 29, 2013 |
|||||||
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
|
||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | 246,744 | $ | 187,560 | ||||
Inventories | 121,575 | 11,399 | ||||||
Accrued payroll and benefits | 907,174 | 773,980 | ||||||
Other | 13,211 | (60,663 | ) | |||||
Net current deferred tax asset | 1,288,704 | 912,276 | ||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):
|
||||||||
Property, plant, and equipment | (3,329,790 | ) | (3,399,285 | ) | ||||
Goodwill and intangible assets | (3,220,663 | ) | (3,859,231 | ) | ||||
Other | 53,123 | 20,691 | ||||||
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability | (6,497,330 | ) | (7,237,825 | ) | ||||
Net total deferred tax liability | $ | (5,208,626 | ) | $ | (6,325,549 | ) |
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized and thus, believes that a valuation allowance is not required as of January 4, 2015 or December 29, 2013.
F-47
A reconciliation of taxes on income from continuing operations based on the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year Ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Income tax expense, computed at 34% of pretax income | $ | 2,223,146 | $ | 183,010 | $ | (547,266 | ) | |||||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit | 111,468 | (18,977 | ) | (46,126 | ) | |||||||
Effect of foreign income taxes | (128,319 | ) | 20,147 | 5,499 | ||||||||
Effect of permanent differences | (152,606 | ) | 101,661 | 164,422 | ||||||||
Other | 20,135 | | (26,138 | ) | ||||||||
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes | $ | 2,073,824 | $ | 285,841 | $ | (449,609 | ) |
The Company leases office space, production facilities and equipment under operating leases with various expiration dates through the year 2020. The leases require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance costs. One of the leases provides for escalating rents over the life of the lease and rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight line basis, with the difference between lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. Total rent expense charged to operations was approximately $1,342,470, $942,382 and $253,798 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows at January 4, 2015:
2015 | 1,280,887 | |||
2016 | 1,122,887 | |||
2017 | 1,069,901 | |||
2018 | 1,014,514 | |||
2019 | 879,682 | |||
Thereafter | 481,250 | |||
Total | $ | 5,849,121 |
The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employees contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employees total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employees total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants. The Company contributed $241,880, $131,815 and $49,572 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.
F-48
Stockholders of both the Successor and Predecessor provided subordinated debt financing which is discussed further in Note 6. Interest charges were recognized in the amounts of $2,101,262, $1,479,033 and $90,288 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods and 2013 Predecessor period, respectively, related to the subordinated debt financing. Accrued interest of $0 and $167,285 was due to these subordinated lenders at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013.
Effective March 18, 2013, the Company is under a five year management agreement with a firm related to several stockholders. The agreement requires annual management fees of $300,000 and additional fees for assistance provided with acquisitions. The Successor incurred management fees of $300,000 and $225,000 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods, respectively. During 2014 Successor Period, the Successor incurred additional fees under the agreement related to the acquisition of Chardan of $110,000. The Successor allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. The fees paid during the 2014 Successor period were all allocated to an expensed as transaction costs. During the 2013 Successor Period, the Successor incurred fees related to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI of $1,769,955 of which $39,955 represents the value of warrants provided in exchange for services. The Successor allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. Therefore, $621,786 of the fees were included as debt issuance costs and $965,000 were considered expenses of issuing common stock while the remainder were expensed as transaction costs. This agreement and the related charges are subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt.
Financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amount of all significant financial instruments approximates fair value due to either the short maturity or the existence of variable interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.
Accounting standards require certain other items be reported at fair value in the financial statements and provides a framework for establishing that fair value. The framework for determining fair value is based on a hierarchy that prioritizes the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value.
Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar items in active markets, and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related item. Level 3 fair value measurements are based primarily on managements own estimates using inputs such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques taking into account the characteristics of the item.
In instances whereby inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation. The Companys assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each item.
The Successor measures its interest rate swap at fair value on a recurring basis based primarily on Level 2 inputs using an income model based on disparity between variance and fixed interest rates, the scheduled balance of principal outstanding, yield curves and other information readily available in the market.
F-49
The Company is engaged from time to time in legal matters and proceedings arising out of its normal course of business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of such matters, the Company believes that there are no pending proceedings in which the Company is currently involved that will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed giving effect to all potentially weighted average dilutive shares including options and warrants. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards, if any, is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.
Successor | Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||
Year Ended
January 4, 2015 |
March 18,
2013 through December 29, 2013 |
December 31,
2012 through March 17, 2013 |
||||||||||
Basic earnings per share calculation:
|
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 4,464,840 | $ | 252,154 | $ | (1,159,998 | ) | |||||
Preferred stock dividends | | | (132,574 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders | $ | 4,464,840 | $ | 252,154 | $ | (1,292,572 | ) | |||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,739,998 | 5,066,922 | 39,000 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per share-basic | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.05 | $ | (33.14 | ) | |||||
Diluted earnings per share calculation:
|
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 4,464,840 | $ | 252,154 | $ | (1,292,572 | ) | |||||
Weighted average shares outstanding | 6,739,998 | 5,066,922 | 39,000 | |||||||||
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
||||||||||||
Stock options (1) (2) | 86,250 | | | |||||||||
Warrants (1) (3) | 37,371 | | | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 6,863,619 | 5,066,922 | 39,000 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per share-diluted | $ | 0.65 | $ | 0.05 | $ | (33.14 | ) |
(1) | Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 Successor period were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. |
(2) | Options to purchase 375,000 shares of common stock during the 2013 Successor period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive as a result of the securities being out of the money with a strike price greater than the average fair market value during the period presented. |
(3) | Warrants to purchase 9,751 shares of common stock during the 2013 Predecessor period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share given the net loss for the 2013 Predecessor period. |
F-50
Potential Acquisition
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent and is engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. The Company believes that the acquisition would augment its existing product offerings and potentially enable it to access new customers and increase sales to certain of its existing customers.
The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by the Company, if any. The Company currently intends to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from its senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to the Company by the prospective seller, which it has not independently verified, the business the Company is considering acquiring had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.
The completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to the Companys satisfaction of due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and the Company obtaining the commitment of its senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) the Company will complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) the Company will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if the Company completes the acquisition, it will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into its business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.
F-51
To the Board of Directors
Chardan Corp.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Chardan Corp. and its affiliate, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statement of operations, statement of equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entitys preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entitys internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chardan, Corp. and its affiliate as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
On February 6, 2014, Chardan, Corp. sold substantially all of its assets for a combination of cash and a note receivable. Due to the sale, Chardan, Corp. repaid its line of credit and long term debt in full and Chardan Properties, LLC terminated its lease with Chardan, Corp. and entered into a new lease with the acquirer. See Note 8 for additional information.
/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC
Auburn Hills, MI
August 13, 2014
F-52
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
|||||||
Assets
|
||||||||
Current Assets
|
||||||||
Cash | $ | 209,940 | $ | 88,083 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 597,513 | 424,791 | ||||||
Inventory (Note 2) | 258,296 | 141,677 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 1,297 | | ||||||
Total current assets | 1,067,046 | 654,551 | ||||||
Property and Equipment (Note 3) | 535,079 | 601,222 | ||||||
Other Assets:
|
||||||||
Loans and advances to stockholder | 10,000 | 10,000 | ||||||
Deposits | 897 | 897 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs | 2,362 | 3,029 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 1,615,384 | $ | 1,269,699 | ||||
Liabilities and Equity
|
||||||||
Current Liabilities
|
||||||||
Trade accounts payable | $ | 78,188 | $ | 93,850 | ||||
Bank line of credit (Note 4) | | 73,420 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4) | 78,510 | 89,638 | ||||||
Billings in excess of pre-production costs | | 44,877 | ||||||
Accrued and other current liabilities:
|
||||||||
Taxes payable | | 823 | ||||||
Accrued compensation | 85,525 | 64,439 | ||||||
Other accrued liabilities | 11,395 | 5,279 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 253,618 | 372,326 | ||||||
Long-term Debt (Note 4) | 375,082 | 448,423 | ||||||
Equity | 986,684 | 448,950 | ||||||
Total liabilities and equity | $ | 1,615,384 | $ | 1,269,699 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-53
Year Ended | ||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
|||||||
Net Sales | $ | 3,943,508 | $ | 3,016,489 | ||||
Cost of Sales | 2,669,322 | 2,239,824 | ||||||
Gross Profit | 1,274,186 | 776,665 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | 528,333 | 448,484 | ||||||
Operating Income | 745,853 | 328,181 | ||||||
Non-operating Income (Expense)
|
||||||||
Interest income | | 596 | ||||||
Interest expense | (22,524 | ) | (27,469 | ) | ||||
Total non-operating expense | (22,524 | ) | (26,873 | ) | ||||
Income Before income taxes | 732,329 | 301,308 | ||||||
Income Tax Expense | 13,723 | 5,655 | ||||||
Net Income | $ | 709,606 | $ | 295,653 | ||||
Amounts Attributable to Non-controlling Interest and Chardan, Corp. Stockholder
|
||||||||
Net Income | $ | 709,606 | $ | 295,653 | ||||
Less Net Income Attributable to the Non-controlling Interest | 83,124 | 67,515 | ||||||
Net Income Attributable to Chardan, Corp. | $ | 626,482 | $ | 228,138 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-54
Chardan, Corp. Stockholder |
Noncontrolling
Interest |
Total
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||
Common
Stock |
Retained
Earnings |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance January 1, 2012 | $ | 100 | $ | 82,974 | $ | 83,074 | $ | 154,892 | $ | 237,966 | ||||||||||
Net income | | 228,138 | 228,138 | 67,515 | 295,653 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends declared | | (26,385 | ) | (26,385 | ) | (58,284 | ) | (84,669 | ) | |||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2012 | 100 | 284,727 | 284,827 | 164,123 | 448,950 | |||||||||||||||
Net income | | 626,482 | 626,482 | 83,124 | 709,606 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends declared | | (143,922 | ) | (143,922 | ) | (27,950 | ) | (171,872 | ) | |||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2013 | $ | 100 | $ | 767,287 | $ | 767,387 | $ | 219,297 | $ | 986,684 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-55
Year Ended | ||||||||
December 31,
2013 |
December 31,
2012 |
|||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
|
||||||||
Net income | $ | 709,606 | $ | 295,653 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
|
||||||||
Depreciation | 66,143 | 66,208 | ||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs | 667 | 531 | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities which (used) provided cash:
|
||||||||
Accounts receivable | (172,722 | ) | (222,157 | ) | ||||
Inventory | (116,619 | ) | 100,657 | |||||
Pre-production costs | (44,877 | ) | (5,245 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | (1,297 | ) | | |||||
Accounts payable | (15,662 | ) | 35,220 | |||||
Accrued and other liabilities | 26,379 | 831 | ||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 451,618 | 271,698 | ||||||
Cash Flows from Investing Activities Repayment of stockholder and affiliate advances | | 18,289 | ||||||
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
|
||||||||
Proceeds from debt | | 150,000 | ||||||
Payments on debt | (84,469 | ) | (103,069 | ) | ||||
Payments on line of credit | (73,420 | ) | (111,400 | ) | ||||
Payments on shareholder loan | | (72,946 | ) | |||||
Payments of deferred financing costs | | (3,138 | ) | |||||
Dividends paid | (171,872 | ) | (84,669 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in financing activities | (329,761 | ) | (225,222 | ) | ||||
Net Increase in Cash | 121,857 | 64,765 | ||||||
Cash Beginning of year | 88,083 | 23,318 | ||||||
Cash End of year | $ | 209,940 | $ | 88,083 | ||||
Supplemental Cash Flow Information Cash paid for
|
||||||||
Interest | $ | 21,857 | $ | 26,938 | ||||
Income taxes | $ | 15,843 | $ | 7,932 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-56
Chardan, Corp. (the Company) is engaged in the manufacturing of die cut and customer molded cellular products from its headquarters and manufacturing facility in Bryan, Ohio.
Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its variable interest entities (VIE), Chardan Properties, LLC (Chardan Properties), for which the Company is the primary beneficiary (collectively, the Companies). The equity attributable to the VIE is reported as a noncontrolling interest in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. All material intercompany accounts and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. For purposes of consolidation, the effects of eliminations of revenue and expenses due to intercompany transactions between the Company and Chardan Properties are attributed to the Company. See Note 7 for additional information regarding the VIE.
Credit Risk and Major Customers Sales are predominately to companies in the automotive and medical supply industries located principally in the United States. The Company extends trade credit to its customers on terms that are generally practiced in the industry. One major customer, Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Unique Fabricating), is in the automotive industry and accounted for approximately 72 percent and 83 percent of accounts receivable; and, 68 percent and 65 percent of sales as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A second major customer in the medical device industry accounted for approximately 22 percent and 9 percent of accounts receivable; and, 19 percent and 14 percent of sales as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. On February 6, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of its assets to Unique-Chardan, Inc. (Unique), a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating, Inc. formed for the purposes of acquiring the assets of the Company.
Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable are stated at net invoice amounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on a specific assessment of all invoices that remain unpaid following normal customer payment periods. In addition, a general valuation allowance is established for other accounts receivable based on historical loss experience. All amounts deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts in the period that determination is made. Management considers all accounts receivable collectible and, therefore, an allowance for doubtful accounts has not been recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Inventory Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out (FIFO) method.
Pre-production Costs The Company incurs pre-production design, development, and tooling costs in connection with long term supply arrangements. All pre-production tooling costs are contractually reimbursable.
Property and Equipment Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The straight line method is used for computing depreciation. Assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, including leasehold improvements since the lease is with a related party. Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.
Debt Issuance Costs Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported net of accumulated amortization as other assets. Such charges are being amortized over the respective terms of the debt agreements. Amortization costs totaling $667 and $531 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to debt issuance costs are included in interest expense.
F-57
Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. In instances where products are configured to customer requirements, revenue is recorded upon the successful completion of the Companys final test procedures and the customers acceptance.
Shipping and Handling Costs Shipping and handling costs are recorded as costs of sales as they are incurred.
Income Taxes The Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation, pursuant to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, while Chardan Properties is treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Generally, the income of an S Corporation or partnership is not subject to federal or state of Ohio income taxes at the entity level but rather the stockholders or members are required to include a pro rata share of the entitys taxable income or loss in their personal income tax returns, irrespective of whether dividends have been paid. Accordingly, no provision for federal or state of Ohio income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements.
The Companies are subject to city of Bryan, Ohio income taxes. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the year.
The Company classifies interest and penalties associated with tax liabilities as income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.
Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Subsequent Events The financial statements and related disclosures include evaluation of events up through and including August 13, 2014, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
Inventory consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
Raw materials | $ | 85,882 | $ | 49,952 | ||||
Work in progress | 58,450 | 50,433 | ||||||
Finished goods | 113,964 | 41,292 | ||||||
Total inventory | $ | 258,296 | $ | 141,677 |
F-58
Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
2013 | 2012 |
Depreciable
Life Years |
||||||||||
Land | $ | 54,500 | $ | 54,500 | ||||||||
Buildings | 555,500 | 555,500 | 39 | |||||||||
Building improvements | 18,307 | 18,307 | 39 | |||||||||
Machinery and equipment | 585,543 | 585,543 | 5 10 | |||||||||
Furniture and fixtures | 13,313 | 13,313 | 5 10 | |||||||||
Computer equipment and software | 23,803 | 23,803 | 5 | |||||||||
Total cost | 1,250,966 | 1,250,966 | ||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation | 715,887 | 649,744 | ||||||||||
Net property and equipment | $ | 535,079 | $ | 601,222 |
Depreciation expense was $66,143 in 2013 and $66,208 in 2012.
Under a line of credit agreement with a bank, the Company had available borrowings of $275,000 which is due on demand. Interest was payable monthly at a rate of 0.50 percent above the prime rate with a floor of 4.00 percent beginning in August 2012 (an effective rate of 4.00 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012). The line of credit was still available at December 31, 2013, even though no balance was outstanding.
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $3,827 including interest at 0.50 percent above the prime rate (an effective rate of 3.75 percent at December 31, 2012) with a final payment due on January 12, 2013. | $ | | $ | 4,405 | ||||
Note payable to the city of Bryan, Ohio by the Company in monthly installments of $1,069 including interest at a fixed rate of 5.25 percent through September 1, 2014. This note was provided in order to acquire equipment. This note was collateralized by the equipment and required the equipment and the related business operations to be maintained within the city of Bryan. | 9,427 | 21,415 | ||||||
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $460 including interest at 0.50 percent above the prime rate (an effective rate of 3.75 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012) through November 10, 2016. | 15,254 | 20,098 | ||||||
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $2,871 including interest at a fixed rate of 5.50 percent through August 8, 2017. The note included a prepayment penalty if more than 10 percent of the principal was paid in advance prior to the fifth anniversary of the loan. The penalty was five percent prior to the first anniversary of the loan and was reduced one percent per year until the fifth anniversary. | 113,941 | 141,208 |
F-59
The balance of the above debt matures as follows:
2014 | $ | 78,510 | ||
2015 | 72,117 | |||
2016 | 74,880 | |||
2017 | 61,250 | |||
2018 | 40,419 | |||
Thereafter | 126,416 | |||
Total | $ | 453,592 |
The Companies debt obligations with the bank were cross-collateralized by essentially all assets of the Companies and a personal guarantee from the sole shareholder.
Common stock consists of 100 authorized shares of no par value stock. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were 100 shares issued and outstanding which were initially issued for $1 per share.
The Company had an unsecured borrowing from its sole shareholder without a stated interest rate or due date. Outstanding borrowings of $72,946 were paid in full during 2012 and no new borrowings have been made. No interest expense was recognized on this balance during 2012.
Chardan Properties made a $10,000 unsecured loan to its owner without a stated interest rate or due date. No interest income was recognized on this balance during 2013 or 2012.
The Company leases its operating facility from Chardan Properties, an entity whose members are the sole shareholder of the Company and his spouse. The entity was formed for the purpose of holding the building leased to the Company. The lease requires the Company to make monthly rent payments as well as pay any taxes, insurance, utilities, and maintenance costs. Chardan Properties generated $112,500 and $96,000 of rental revenue in 2013 and 2012, respectively, all of which was from the Company and was eliminated in consolidation.
F-60
Chardan Properties is considered to be a variable interest entity because its sole property is leased to an entity under common control and the lease with the Company is the primary source of resources to service Chardan Properties obligations.
The Company determined that it is the primary beneficiary of Chardan Properties because the lease agreement and debt guarantee provide it with (1) the power to direct the activities of Chardan Properties that most significantly impact its economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant Chardan Properties. As a result, Chardan Properties has been included in the financial statements as a consolidated variable interest entity.
Included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following amounts related to Chardan Properties:
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
Current assets | $ | 57,864 | $ | 23,197 | ||||
Property and equipment | 468,158 | 482,401 | ||||||
Other assets | 10,000 | 10,000 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 536,022 | $ | 515,598 | ||||
Current liabilities | $ | 1,755 | $ | 540 | ||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 35,100 | 33,561 | ||||||
Long-term debt net of current portion | 279,870 | 317,374 | ||||||
Total liabilities | $ | 316,725 | $ | 351,475 | ||||
Equity Noncontrolling interest | $ | 219,297 | $ | 164,123 |
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Chardan Properties had bank debt obligations totaling $314,970 and $350,935, respectively. Chardan Properties land and building serve as collateral for its debt obligations and the debt obligations are cross-collateralized with those of the Company. The cross-collateralization creates a risk of loss to the Company because it may be required to service the debt in the event Chardan Properties is unable to do so. Apart from the cross-collateralization, the creditors and beneficial interest holders of Chardan Properties have no recourse against the assets or general credit of the Company.
On February 6, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of its assets to Unique-Chardan, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating formed for the purpose of acquiring the assets of the Company. The Company received cash of $2,200,000 and a $500,000 note receivable. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of 6.0 percent. The sale agreement includes a potential sale price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital sold on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. Any difference between these two amounts will become an adjustment to the cash consideration. Shortly after the acquisition, Unique Fabricating paid an additional $116,911 as a result the working capital adjustment.
All of the debt obligations of the Company were paid in full during 2014 as a part of the sale.
The assets of Chardan Properties were not included in the sale transaction. Therefore, Chardan Properties terminated its lease with the Company and entered into a new lease with Unique Fabricating. The new lease requires monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.
F-61
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All of the amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory (FINRA) filing fee.
SEC registration fee | $ | 2,505.56 | ||
FINRA filing fee | $ | 3,410.94 | ||
NYSE MKT listing fee | $ | * | ||
Accountants fees and expenses | $ | * | ||
Legal fees and expenses | $ | * | ||
Printing and engraving expenses | $ | * | ||
Blue Sky fees and expenses | $ | * | ||
Transfer Agent fees and expenses | $ | * | ||
Miscellaneous | $ | * | ||
Total | $ | * |
* | To be completed by amendment. |
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.
II-1
Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or, while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by such person, subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may be amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
We also currently have and intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our Company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
II-2
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding.
In the underwriting agreement that we will enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby to be filed as Exhibit 1.1, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.
Since its inception in January 2013, the Company has issued the following shares for the following consideration.
| 999,999 shares sold in January 2013 at a price of $0.167 per share |
| 3,999,999 shares sold through March 18, 2013 at a price of $3.33 per share |
| 1,740,000 shares sold in December 2013 at a price of $3.33 per share |
The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. These transactions qualified for exemption from registration because among other things, the transactions did not involve a public offering, each investor was an accredited investor, each investor had access to information about our Company and their investment, each investor took the securities for investment and not resale, there was no general solicitation or advertising in connection with the placement and we took appropriate measures to restrict the transfer of the securities.
There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.
II-3
The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement. Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibit requirements of Regulation S-K.
Exhibit
No. |
Description | |
1.1* | Underwriting Agreement | |
3.1** | Certificate of Incorporation | |
3.1.1** | Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed September 29, 2014 | |
3.1.2** | Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed November 18, 2014 | |
3.2* | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation | |
3.3** | Bylaws | |
3.4* | Amended and Restated Bylaws | |
4.1* | Stock Certificate | |
5.1* | Opinion of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C. | |
10.1** | Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., UFI Merger Sub, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated and American Capital, Ltd., as Representative of the Holders | |
10.2** | Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 15, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and American Capital, Ltd., as Representative of the Holders | |
10.3** | Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and among Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., Prescotech Holdings, Inc., Prescotech Industries, Inc., Prescotech Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the Stockholders of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. | |
10.4** | Asset Purchase Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Chardan, Corp. and the Sole Stockholder of Chardan, Corp. | |
10.5** | First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Chardan, Corp. and the Sole Stockholder of Chardan, Corp. | |
10.6** | Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.7** | First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.8** | Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.9** | Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.9.1** | Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2014, between Unique Fabricating Inc. and Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly RBS Citizens, N.A.) | |
10.9.2 | Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, between Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. (formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated) and Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly known as RBS Citizens, N.A.) | |
10.10** | Revolving Note, dated March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.11** | Term Note, dated March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A. | |
10.12** | Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., UFI Merger Sub, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership |
II-4
Exhibit
No. |
Description | |
10.13** | First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique Fabricating Realty, LLC, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.14** | Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique Fabricating Realty, LLC, Unique Fabricating South, Inc., Unique-Prescotech, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.15** | Pledge and Security Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy, dated as of March 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.16** | Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, among UFI Acquisition, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein | |
10.17** | Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.18** | First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.19** | Lease Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, between Chardan Properties, LLC and Unique Fabricating Incorporated | |
10.20** | Real Estate Lease, dated as of February 16, 2011, between Joslyn-Collier I LLC and Unique Fabricating Inc. | |
10.21** | UFI Acquisition, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan | |
10.22*# | Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan | |
10.23**# | Employment Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and Thomas Tekiele | |
10.24**# | Employment Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and John Weinhardt | |
10.25** | Management Services Agreement, dated March 18, 2013, between Taglich Private Equity, LLC and UFI Acquisition, Inc. | |
10.26* | Amendment 1 to Management Services Agreement between Taglich Private Equity, LLC and UFI Acquisition, Inc. | |
10.27*# | Form of Indemnification Agreement | |
10.28 | Termination and Registrations Rights Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, among Unique Fabricating, Inc. and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
10.29 | Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and among Unique Fabricating, Inc. and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |
21** | List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant | |
23.1 | Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP | |
23.2 | Consent of Plante & Moran, PLLC | |
23.4* | Consent of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24** | Power of Attorney (included on page II- 7 of the Registration Statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | Previously filed. |
# | Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement. |
II-5
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-6
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Auburn Hills, State of Michigan, on June 22, 2015.
UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC. | ||
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
By:
/s/ John Weinhardt
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
By:
/s/ John Weinhardt
|
By:
*
|
|
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
|
By:
/s/ Thomas Tekiele
|
By:
*
|
|
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
|
By:
|
By:
*
|
|
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
|
By:
*
|
By:
*
|
|
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
|
*By:
/s/ John Weinhardt
|
||
Dated: June 22, 2015 |
II-7
Exhibit 10.9.2
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of May 15, 2015, between UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC. (formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated) a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as RBS CITIZENS, N.A.), a national banking association (the “Bank”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
WHEREAS, Borrower and Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated March 18, 2013 as amended by a certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 19, 2013, a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 18, 2013, a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 6, 2014 and a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated October 22, 2014 (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), providing terms and conditions governing Borrower’s obligation with respect to the Obligations (as defined therein) including, without limitation, the Revolving Loans and Term Loan (each as defined therein);
Borrower has requested an amendment to the Agreement and Borrower and Bank have agreed to amend the terms of the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
AGREEMENT
Accordingly, Borrower and Bank agree as follows:
1. Defined Terms . In this amendment, capitalized terms used without separate definition shall have the meanings give them in the agreement.
2. Amendments .
2.1 Amended and Restated Definitions. The following defined terms appearing in Section 1 of the Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
“Project Completion Date” means August 31, 2015.
“Partial IPO” means a partial initial public offering undertaken by the Borrower and closed on or before August 31, 2015, pursuant to which no more than 25% of the equity of Borrower is sold.
2.2 Mortgage Loan Facility. Section 2A(a) of the Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety to read as follows:
2A. Mortgage Loan .
(a) Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and provided no Default or Event of Default exists, the Bank agrees to lend to Borrower after Project Completion and on or before the Project Completion Date, an amount equal to the Mortgage Loan Maximum Amount, for the sole purpose of refinancing the Project (“Mortgage Loan”). The Mortgage Loan will be evidenced by the Mortgage Note.
2.3 Use of Proceeds . Section 6.11 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
6.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used: (i) in the case of the Term Loan, first to refinance (by replacement and renewal evidence) the “Term Loan” outstanding under the Agreement prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date and second, to provide a portion of the purchase price related to the PrescoTech Acquisition not greater than the PrescoTech Acquisition Advance; (ii) in the case of the Revolving Loans, (1) to provide a portion of the purchase price related to the Chardan Acquisition not greater than the Chardan Acquisition Advance, (2) to finance the Improvements, (3) for working capital and general corporate purposes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the funding of dividends and distributions permitted pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof), (4) to the extent that proceeds of the Partial IPO are applied to reduce the outstanding principal of the Revolving Loans, in a single advance on or before August 31, 2015, not to exceed the amount of such reduction, for the purpose of repaying Debenture Creditors,. and (iii) in the case of the Mortgage Loan, to reduce the principal balance of the Revolving Loan. No proceeds shall be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.
2.4 Limitation on Indebtedness . Section 7.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding thereto, at the end of such Section, the following clause (ix):
(ix) the obligation of Borrower under a guarantee (if any) of the obligations of Unique Mexico under a Lease Agreement with Unique Mexico as “tenant” with respect to a Quererto, Mexico leasehold, provided that the rental payments under such lease do not exceed $20,000 monthly and (ii) the term of such lease does not exceed 5 years from the date of execution.
3. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents, warrants, and agrees that:
(a) Except as expressly modified in this Amendment, the representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the Agreement and in each other Loan Document remain true and correct, continue to be satisfied in all respects, and are legal, valid and binding obligations with the same force and effect as if entirely restated in this Amendment.
(b) When executed, this Amendment will be a duly authorized, legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms and Borrower reaffirms that all resolutions, articles of incorporation and bylaws previously delivered to Bank remain in full force and effect and may continue to be relied upon by Bank. The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, is ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.
(c) There is no Default or Event of Default existing and continuing under the Agreement.
2 |
4. Conditions . This Amendment will not be effective until satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
4.1 Execution of Amendment Documents . Bank shall have received (i) an executed copy of this Amendment and an executed copy of the Acknowledgement and Consent of the Guarantors in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, or (ii) all other certificates, agreements and documents described on the closing checklist attached hereto as Exhibit B.
4.2 Fees and Expenses . Borrower shall have reimbursed Bank for all of Bank’s fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by Bank in connection with this Amendment.
5. No Other Changes . Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, this Amendment does not amend, modify or constitute a waiver or forgiveness of any provision of the Agreement or Loan Documents and shall not impair the rights, remedies, and security given in and by the Loan Documents.
6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
7. Other Modification . This Amendment may be altered or modified only by written instrument duly executed by Borrower and Bank. In executing this Amendment, Borrower is not relying on any promise or commitment of Bank that is not in writing signed by Bank.
8. Governing Law . The parties agree that the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
9. Ratification . Except for the modifications under this Agreement, the parties ratify and confirm the Agreement and the other Loan Documents and agree that they remain in full force and effect.
10. Confirmation of Borrower Charter Documents . Borrower confirms and certifies to the Bank that the copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Borrower originally delivered in conjunction with the execution and delivery of the Agreement (i) were true, complete and accurate copies of such documents; (ii) remain in full force and effect; (iii) have not been amended, repealed or rescinded in any respect; and (iv) may continue to be relied upon by Bank until and unless written notice to the contrary is delivered to Bank.
This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement is executed and delivered as of the date first entered above.
UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC. | |||
a Delaware Corporation | |||
By: | /s/John Weinhardt | ||
John Weinhardt | |||
Title: | President/CEO |
3 |
CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , | |||
a national banking association . | |||
By: | /s/Michael Farley | ||
Michael Farley | |||
Title: | Vice President |
4 |
UNIQUE-CHARDAN, INC. , | |||
a Delaware Corporation . | |||
By: | /s/John Weinhardt | ||
John Weinhardt | |||
Title: | President |
5 |
EXHIBIT A
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT OF GUARANTOR
The undersigned have guaranteed the payment and performance of all the obligations of UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC.(formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated), as Borrower from RBS CITIZENS, N.A. (“Bank”), pursuant to Guaranty Agreements dated March 18, 2013. The undersigned each hereby (a) acknowledge and consent to the execution, delivery and performance of that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank as of even date herewith and (b) agree and confirm that that their respective guaranties remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Acknowledgement and Consent as of May 15, 2015.
GUARANTORS: | |||
UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC. | |||
a Delaware Corporation | |||
By: | /s/John Weinhardt | ||
John Weinhardt | |||
Title: | President/CEO | ||
UNIQUE FABRICATING REALTY, LLC | |||
a Michican limited liability company | |||
By: | Unique Fabricating Incorporated | ||
Its: | Sole Member | ||
By: | /s/John Weinhardt | ||
John Weinhardt | |||
Title: | President/CEO | ||
UNIQUE-PRESCOTECH INC. | |||
a Delaware Corporation | |||
By: | /s/John Weinhardt | ||
John Weinhardt | |||
Title: | President | ||
UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC. (formerly known as UFI ACQUISITION, INC.) | |||
a Delaware Corporation | |||
By: | /s/Richard L. Baum, Jr. | ||
Richard L. Baum, Jr. | |||
Title: | President |
6 |
EXHIBIT B
FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO
UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC.
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT WITH
CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
May___, 2015
Authority Documentation
1. Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.(formerly Unique Fabricating Incorporated) (“Borrower”) Recertification of Authority Documents
2. Unique Fabricating South, Inc. (“South”) Recertification of Authority Documents
3. Unique Fabricating Realty, LLC (“Realty”) Recertification of Authority Documents
4. Unique Fabricating, Inc. (formerly UFI Acquisition, Inc). (“Acquisition Co.”) Recertification of Authority Documents
5. Unique-Prescotech, Inc. (“Unique-Presco”) Recertification of Authority Documents
6. Unique-Chardan, Inc. (“Unique-Chardan”) Recertification of Authority Documents
Loan Documentation
7. Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement
8. Acknowledgment and Consent re Subordination Agreement (Chardan, Corp.)
9. Copy of Unique Mexico Lease and Related Guarantee
Exhibit 10.28
TERMINATION AND
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 16, 2015 among Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Investor ”).
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investor are parties to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 (as amended, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Investor has certain put rights (the “Put Rights”); and
WHEREAS, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the Company has requested and Peninsula has agreed to terminate the Purchase Agreement including the Put Rights; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investor are parties to that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 16, 2015 (as amended, the “ Stockholders A greement ”), pursuant to which the Investor has certain piggy-back registration rights;
WHEREAS, in consideration of the Investor’s agreement to terminate the Stock Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant certain demand registration rights to the Investor as set forth below, which rights are in supplement to the piggy-back registration rights provided by the Stockholders Agreement, as amended.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual and dependent covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“ Affiliate ” of a Person means any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
“ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
“ Board ” means the board of directors (or any successor governing body) of the Company.
“ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at the time.
“ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other corporate reorganization or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock).
“ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and includes the Company’s successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.
“ Controlling Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) .
“ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .
“ DTCDRS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(p) .
“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations or orders of such organization or authority have the force of law), or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.
“ Inspectors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(h) .
“ Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
“ IPO ” means the initial underwritten offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-200072) filed under the Securities Act.
“ Long-Form Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) .
2 |
“ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.
“ Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any Shelf Supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.
“ Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“ Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(h) .
“ Registrable Securities ” means (a) the Shares and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant beneficially owned by the Investor, and (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to any shares described in subsection (a) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other reorganization or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock (it being understood that, for purposes of this Agreement, Investor shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever Investor has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) the Commission has declared a Registration Statement covering such securities effective and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such securities are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act are met, or (iii) such securities have ceased to be outstanding.
“ Registration Date ” means the date on which the Company becomes subject to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
“ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements (including Shelf Supplements) to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
3 |
“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.
“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for Investor, except for the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Investor required to be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 5 .
“ Shares ” means 1,415,400 shares of Common Stock issued to the Investor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
“ Shelf Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .
“ Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) .
“ Shelf Supplement ” a prospectus supplement filed for the purpose of effecting a Shelf Takedown.
“ Shelf Takedown ” means and offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.
“ Short-Form Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .
“Warrant” means that certain warrant grated to Investor to purchase 29,232 shares of common stock dated December 18, 2013.
2. Termination of Stock Purchase Agreement . Peninsula and the Company hereby agree that, effective upon the consummation of the initial sale of shares of Common Stock in the Company’s IPO, the Stock Purchase Agreement is terminated and no longer of any force or effect.
4 |
3. Demand Registration .
(a) At any time after 180 days following the consummation of the initial sale of shares of Common Stock in the Company’s IPO, Investor may request registration under the Securities Act of all or, subject to the immediately following sentence, any portion of its Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any successor form thereto (each, a “ Long-Form Registration ”). The request for a Long-Form Registration shall specify the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Long-Form Registration; provided that any such request shall be with respect to at least 500,000 Registrable Securities. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any successor form thereto covering all of the Registrable Securities that the Investor has requested to be included in such Long-Form Registration within sixty (60) days after the date on which the initial request is given and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable thereafter; provided , that if at the time of the request to file a Long-Form Registration, the Company is qualified to register the offer and sale of securities for the account of a stockholder under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3, the Company may effect the registration requested by Investor on such form in lieu of or a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (such registration being deemed nonetheless for purposes hereof, a Long-Form Registration). The Company shall not be required to effect a Long-Form Registration more than one (1) time for the Investor; provided , that a Registration Statement shall not count as a Long-Form Registration requested under this Section 3(a) unless and until it has become effective (unless the registration is withdrawn at the request of the Investor and the Investor pays all the expenses of such withdrawn registration) and the Investor is able to register and sell at least 75% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration. A Long-Form Registration shall be an underwritten registration.
(b) After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register the offer and sale of securities under the Securities Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form thereto. At such time as the Company shall have qualified for the use of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form thereto, Investor shall have the right to request an unlimited number of registrations under the Securities Act of all or, subject to the immediately following sentence, any portion of their Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form Registration Statement (each, a “ Short-Form Registration ” and, collectively with each Long-Form Registration and Shelf Registration (as defined below), a “ Demand Registration ”). Each request for a Short-Form Registration shall specify the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Short-Form Registration; provided that any such request shall be with respect to at least 250,000 Registrable Securities. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form thereto covering all of the Registrable Securities that the Investor has requested to be included in such Short-Form Registration within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the initial request is given and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable thereafter. All Short-Form Registration Statements shall be underwritten registrations.
5 |
(c) At such time as the Company shall have qualified for the use of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or the then appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), Investor shall have the right to request registration under the Securities Act of all or, subject to the immediately following sentence, any portion of their Registrable Securities for an offering on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto (a “ Shelf Registration ”). Each request for a Shelf Registration shall specify the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Shelf Registration, provided , that any such request shall be with respect to at least 250,000 Registrable Securities. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement covering all of the Registrable Securities that the Investor has requested to be included in such Shelf Registration within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the initial request is given and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable thereafter.
(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration or a Shelf Registration Statement within ninety (90) days after the effective date of a previous registration in which the Investor was given piggyback rights pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise. The Company may postpone for up to six (6) months the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or a Shelf Registration Statement or any drawdown on or sale using a Shelf Registration Statement if the Company determines that such Demand Registration, Shelf Registration Statement or drawdown on or sale using a Shelf Registration Statement would reasonably be expected to (x) have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to acquire financing, engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or engage in any merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization or similar transaction, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (z) render the Company unable to comply with requirements of the Securities Act or Exchange Act. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect any registration or any drawdown or sale pursuant to a Shelf Registration during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a Company initiated registration provided that the Company is actively employing reasonable best efforts to cause such registration to become effective.
(e) The Company shall select the investment banking firm or firms to act as the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with any offering (pursuant hereto); provided , that such selection shall be subject to the consent of the Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
6 |
(f) Subject to the rights of any stockholders pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement to include shares of Common Stock or any other securities in any Demand Registration or Shelf Registration, the Company shall not include in any Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If a Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter of the requested Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown advises the Company and Investor in writing that in its reasonable and good faith opinion the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be included in the Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown, including all Registrable Securities and all other shares of Common Stock proposed to be included in such underwritten offering, exceeds the number of shares of Common Stock which can be sold in such underwritten offering and/or the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown would adversely affect the price per share of the Common Stock proposed to be sold in such underwritten offering, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration or Shelf Takedown (i) first, the shares of Common Stock that the Investor proposes to sell, and (ii) second, the shares of Common Stock proposed to be included therein by any other Persons (including shares of Common Stock to be sold for the account of the Company and/or other holders of Common Stock) allocated among such Persons in such manner as they may agree (or as specified by the Stockholders Agreement, if applicable).
4. Registration Procedures . If and whenever Investor requests that the offer and sale of any Registrable Securities be registered under the Securities Act or any Registrable Securities be distributed in a Shelf Takedown pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of the offer and sale of such Registrable Securities under the Securities Act in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as soon as practicable and as applicable:
(a) subject to Section 3(a) , Section 3(b) and Section 3(c) , prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective;
(b) in the case of a Long-Form Registration or a Short-Form Registration, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, post-effective amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective until all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such Registration Statement;
(c) within a reasonable time before filing such Registration Statement, Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto with the Commission, furnish to one counsel selected by Investor copies of such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel;
7 |
(d) notify Investor, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such Registration Statement has been declared effective or a supplement, including a Shelf Supplement, to any Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission;
(e) furnish to Investor such number of copies of the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any supplement thereto, including a Shelf Supplement (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), and such other documents as Investor may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;
(f) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as Investor requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable Investor to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities; provided , that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business, subject itself to general taxation or consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to do so but for this Section 4(f) ;
(g) notify Investor at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event that would cause the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, at the request of Investor, if the Investor or any underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus, the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(h) make available for inspection by Investor, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by Investor or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement;
8 |
(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the same entity) for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration;
(j) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed, on a national securities exchange selected by the Investor;
(k) in connection with an underwritten offering, enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and take all such other customary actions as the Investor or the managing underwriter of such offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making appropriate officers of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities (including one-on-one meetings with prospective purchasers of the Registrable Securities));
(l) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission; and
(m) furnish to Investor and each underwriter, if any, with (i) a written legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the closing date of the offering, in form and substance as is customarily given in opinions of the Company’s counsel to underwriters in underwritten registered offerings; and (ii) on the date of the applicable Prospectus, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement and at the closing of the offering, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, a “comfort” letter signed by the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given in accountants’ letters to underwriters in underwritten registered offerings;
(n) notify the Investor promptly of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information;
(o) advise the Investor, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order should be issued;
9 |
(p) cooperate with the Investor to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such Registration Statement or Rule 144, subject to compliance with the requirements thereof and, if requested by the Company, the provision of an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company as to such compliance and related matters, free of any restrictive legends and representing such number of shares of Common Stock and registered in such names as Investor may reasonably request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement or Rule 144; provided , that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical stock certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System (the “ DTCDRS ”); and
(q) otherwise use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.
5. Expenses . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred by the Company in complying with its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with the registration and disposition of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation, all (i) registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, any fees relating to filings required to be made with, or the listing of any Registrable Securities on, any securities exchange or over-the-counter trading market on which the Registrable Securities are listed or quoted); (ii) underwriting expenses (other than Selling Expenses); (iii) expenses of any audits incident to or required by any such registration; (iv) fees and expenses of complying with securities and “blue sky” laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with “blue sky” qualifications or exemptions of the Registrable Securities); (v) printing expenses; (vi) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (vii) fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants; (viii) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fees (if any); and (ix) reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the Investor (selected by the Investor) ; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration if the registration is withdrawn at the request of the Investor (in which case Investor shall bear all the expenses of such withdrawn registration). In addition, the Company shall be responsible for all of its internal expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and the expense of any annual audits. Investor shall bear and pay all Selling Expenses.
10 |
6. Indemnification .
(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Investor, Investor’s officers, managers, members, partners and Affiliates, each underwriter, broker or any other Person acting on behalf of Investor and each other Person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act (a “ Controlling Person ”), against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several, to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon: (i) any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company under this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement, or under any other agreement to which the Investor and the Company are counter-parties, or (ii) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus, free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company; and shall reimburse such Persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, action, damage or liability, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by Investor expressly for use therein or by Investor’s failure to deliver a copy of the Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus, free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto) or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished Investor with a sufficient number of copies of the same prior to any written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have.
(b) In connection with any registration in which Investor is participating, Investor shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company request that is customarily required of selling shareholders for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold harmless, the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company, each other person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act), each underwriter, broker or other Person acting on behalf of the Investor against any losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities or expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus, free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by Investor; provided , that the obligation to indemnify shall not exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds (after underwriting fees, commissions or discounts) actually received by Investor from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
11 |
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in this Section 6 , such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action. The failure of any indemnified party to notify an indemnifying party of any such action shall not (unless such failure shall have a material adverse effect on the indemnifying party) relieve the indemnifying party from any liability in respect of such action that it may have to such indemnified party hereunder. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the claims in any such action that are subject or potentially subject to indemnification hereunder, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after written notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided , that, if (i) any indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are additional to or conflict with those available to the indemnifying party, or that such claim or litigation involves or could have an effect upon matters beyond the scope of the indemnity provided hereunder, or (ii) such action seeks an injunction or equitable relief against any indemnified party or involves actual or alleged criminal activity, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party without such indemnified party’s prior written consent (but, without such consent, shall have the right to participate therein with counsel of its choice) and such indemnifying party shall reimburse such indemnified party and any Controlling Person of such indemnified party for that portion of the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party which is reasonably related to the matters covered by the indemnity provided hereunder. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim, it shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim.
(d) If the indemnification provided for hereunder is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of Investor, to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after underwriting fees, commissions or discounts) actually received by Investor from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method or allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein. No Person guilty or liable of fraudulent misrepresentation within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
12 |
7. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
8. Rule 144 Compliance . With a view to making available to Investor the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company shall:
(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the Registration Date;
(b) use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, at any time after the Registration Date; and
(c) furnish to Investor so long as Investor owns Registrable Securities, promptly upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
9. Preservation of Rights . The Company shall not (a) grant any registration rights to third parties which are more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder, or (b) enter into any agreement, take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities that violates or subordinates the rights expressly granted to Investor in this Agreement.
13 |
10. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect at such time as Investor beneficially owns (determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) fewer than 3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , that the provisions of Section 5 and Section 6 , Section 11 , Section 19 and Section 20 shall survive any such termination.
11. Notices . All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the addresses indicated below (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11 ).
14 |
If to Investor, to Investor’s address as set forth in the register of stockholders maintained by the Company, with a copy to:
12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Stockholders Agreement, and any related exhibits and schedules thereto, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and those of the Stockholders Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
13. Successor and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement at any time in connection with a sale or acquisition of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or similar transaction, without the consent of the Investor; provided , that the successor or acquiring Person agrees in writing to assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Investor may assign its rights hereunder to any purchaser or transferee of Registrable Securities; provided , that such purchaser or transferee shall, as a condition to the effectiveness of such assignment, be required to execute a counterpart to this Agreement agreeing to be treated as an Investor whereupon such purchaser or transferee shall have the benefits of, and shall be subject to the restrictions contained in, this Agreement as if such purchaser or transferee was originally included in the definition of Investor herein and had originally been a party hereto.
15 |
14. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement; provided , however, the parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the Persons set forth in Section 6 are express third-party beneficiaries of the obligations of the parties hereto set forth in Section 6 .
15. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
16. Amendment, Modification and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may only be amended, modified, supplemented or waived with the prior written consent of the Company and the Investor. No waiver by any party or parties shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
17. Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
18. Remedies . The Investor, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company acknowledges that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and the Company hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
16 |
19. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Michigan without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Michigan or any other jurisdiction). Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States or the courts of the State of Michigan in each case located in Oakland County, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of process, summons, notice or other document by mail to such party’s address set forth herein shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
20. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party to this Agreement certifies and acknowledges that (a) no representative of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not seek to enforce the foregoing waiver in the event of a legal action, (b) such party has considered the implications of this waiver, (c) such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and (d) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 20 .
21. Visitation; Inspection; Board Observation . The Company will permit representatives designated by Investor, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to (i) visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company during normal business hours on reasonable advance notice, (ii) examine the corporate and financial records of the Company and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and (iii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with the directors, officers, key employees and independent accountants of the Company. In addition to any rights under this Agreement, the Company will permit the Investor, so long as Investor beneficially owns (determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) 3% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and there is no member of the Board of Directors of the Company that was nominated to such position by the Investor, to (a) have one (1) individual authorized to attend all Board of Directors meetings of the Company or any committees thereof (the " Invitee "), (b) provide actual notice of all regular and special meetings of the Company's Board of Directors or any committee thereof in the same manner as provided to directors, and (c) provide to such Invitee a copy of all materials and information distributed at or prior to such meetings or otherwise to the directors of the Company or members of any committee thereof. Such meetings will be held in person at least quarterly. The Invitee shall execute a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company prior to participating in a meeting of the Board or receiving related materials and information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Invitee may not attend any portion of a meeting of the Board or any committee during which a transaction or agreement with or for the benefit of Investor or any affiliate is being considered by the Board or any committee. The Investor may reasonably require senior management of the Company at any time upon reasonable notice to travel to Investor’s then current office to meet and discuss the Company and any aspect of its business, subject to the requirement that any participants in such meeting execute a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Investor may, at any time, terminate its rights under this Section 21 by providing written notice of such termination to the Company. The rights provided by this Section 21, may only be assigned by the Investor once in a private sale of at least ten (10%) of the Registrable Securities.
17 |
22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.
23. Further Assurances . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and to give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
18 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
Unique Fabricating, Inc. | |||
By: | /s/ Richard L. Baum, Jr. | ||
Name: Richard L. Baum, Jr. | |||
Title: Chairman |
Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership | |||
By: Peninsula Fund V Management L.L.C. | |||
Its: General Partner | |||
By: Peninsula Capital Partners L.L.C. | |||
Its: Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Scott A. Reilly | ||
Scott A. Reilly | |||
President and Chief Investment Officer | |||
Exhibit 10.29
DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT
DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT, dated as of June 16, 2015 (this “Agreement”), by and among Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates, as hereinafter defined, “Peninsula”).
WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is in its best interests to effect an initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”);
WHEREAS, upon completion of the IPO, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) will be divided into three classes (each a “Class”) and consist of seven directors, including one director nominated by Peninsula, who shall be a Class III director (such director initially designated by Peninsula, and any individual subsequently identified by Peninsula in accordance with Section 2 below, a “Peninsula Nominee”);
WHEREAS, the initial term of the Class III directors will expire at the third annual meeting of Stockholders to be held after completion of the IPO, and subsequent terms of Class III directors will expire every three years thereafter; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company desires to agree with Peninsula and Peninsula desires to enter into this Agreement with the Company, setting forth certain rights and obligations with respect to the nomination of a director to the Board by Peninsula from and after the IPO.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:
“Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
“Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.
“Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.
“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Section 2. Board Nomination.
(a) From and after the IPO, for so long as Peninsula beneficially owns a number of shares of Common Stock that represents at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, Peninsula shall have the right (but not the obligation) pursuant to this Agreement to nominate for election to the Board one individual identified in advance in writing, and the Company shall include, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Board, whether acting through any committee of the Board or otherwise, to include such Peninsula Nominee in the slate of nominees recommended to stockholders of the Company (the “Stockholders”) for election as a director at any annual or special meeting of the Stockholders (or, if permitted, by any action by written consent of the Stockholders) at which directors of the Company of the Class of which a Peninsula Nominee is a member are to be elected.
(b) Any vacancy arising through the death, resignation or removal of a Peninsula Nominee who was nominated to the Board pursuant to this Section 2, may be filled by the Board only with a Peninsula Nominee, as applicable, and the director so chosen shall hold office until the election at which directors of the Class to which the Peninsula Nominee has been appointed are to be elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, Peninsula shall not be entitled to designate a Person as a nominee to the Board upon a written determination by the Board or any committee thereof responsible for the nomination of directors (which determination shall set forth in writing reasonable grounds for such determination) that such Person would not be qualified under any applicable law, rule or regulation to serve as a director of the Company. In such an event, Peninsula shall be entitled to select a Person as a replacement nominee and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Board, whether acting through any committee of the Board or otherwise, to cause such Person to be nominated as the Peninsula Nominee at the same meeting (or, if permitted, pursuant to the same action by written consent of the Stockholders) as such initial Person was to be nominated. Other than with respect to the issue set forth in the preceding sentence, the Company shall not have the right to object to any Peninsula Nominee.
(d) So long as a Peninsula beneficially owns a number of shares of Common Stock that represents at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Company shall notify Peninsula in writing of the date on which proxy materials are expected to be mailed by the Company in connection with an election of directors at an annual or special meeting of the Stockholders at which directors of the Class including the Peninsula Nominee is to be elected (and the Company shall deliver such notice at least 60 days (or such shorter period to which Peninsula consents, which consent need not be in writing) prior to such expected mailing date or such earlier date as may be specified by the Company reasonably in advance of such earlier delivery date on the basis that such earlier delivery is necessary so as to ensure that such nominee may be included in such proxy materials at the time such proxy materials are mailed). The Company shall provide Peninsula with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments on any portion of the proxy materials relating to Peninsula or the rights and obligations provided under this Agreement and to discuss any such comments with the Company.
2 |
(e) In the event that Peninsula loses its right to nominate a Peninsula Nominee pursuant to this Agreement by virtue of ceasing to hold the requisite number of shares of Common Stock, Peninsula shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Peninsula Nominee to resign from the Board immediately prior to such time as a replacement director is nominated or elected by the Board or the Company’s stockholders.
(f) So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, subject to applicable legal requirements, the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation shall accommodate and be subject to and not in any respect conflict with the rights and obligations set forth herein.
Section 3. Miscellaneous.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.
(b) Enforcement. Each of the parties agrees that in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of this Agreement. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other remedy which any party hereto may have. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.
(c) Entire Agreement; Termination. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written (and all contemporaneous oral) agreements or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall cease to be binding or effective against Peninsula (except with respect to Peninsula’s obligations pursuant to Section 2(e) relating to the resignation of the Peninsula Nominee), and Peninsula shall cease to have any rights hereunder, at such time as Peninsula ceases to beneficially own at least 5% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding.
(d) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered personally, (b) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, (c) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery or (d) sent by fax, as set forth below (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof). All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received by (w) if by personal delivery, on the day delivered, (x) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, (y) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or (z) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.
3 |
If to the Company:
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326
Attention: John Weinhardt, President
Telephone: (248) 853-2333
Facsimile:
Email:
jweinhardt@uniquefab.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Sills Cummis & Gross P.C.
One Riverfront Plaza
Newark, New Jersey 07102
Attention: Ira A. Rosenberg
Telephone: (973) 643-7000
Facsimile: (973) 643-6500
Email:
irosenberg@sillscummis.com
If to Peninsula:
The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
c/o Peninsula Capital Partners L.L.C.
500 Woodward Avenue, Suite 2800
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attention: Scott A. Reilly, President
Telephone: (313) 237-5100
Facsimile: (313) 237-5111
Email:
reilly@peninsulafunds.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Dickinson Wright PLLC
500 Woodward Avenue, Suite 4000
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attention: Richard M. Bolton, Esq.
Telephone: (313) 223-3598
Facsimile: (313) 223-3648
Email:
rbolton@dickinsonwright.com
(e) Waiver. Waiver by any party hereto of any breach or default by the other party of any of the terms of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach or default, whether similar to or different from the breach or default waived. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between the parties hereto or from any failure by either party to assert its or his or her rights hereunder on any occasion or series of occasions.
4 |
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(g) Headings. The headings to sections in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision hereof.
(h) Invalidity of Provision. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, including that provision, in any other jurisdiction.
(i) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, and particular provisions of this Agreement may be waived or modified, with and only with an agreement or consent in writing signed by each of the parties hereto who then have rights hereunder pursuant to Section 4(f) hereof.
(j) Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto or Person subject hereto may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.
(k) Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies.
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]
5 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been signed by each of the parties hereto, and shall be effective as of the date first above written.
UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Richard L. Baum, Jr. | |
Name: | Richard L. Baum, Jr. | |
Title: | Chairman | |
PENINSULA FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP | ||
By: Peninsula Fund V Management L.L.C. | ||
Its: General Partner | ||
By: Peninsula Capital Partners L.L.C. | ||
Its: Manager | ||
By: | /s/ Scott A. Reilly | |
Scott A. Reilly | ||
President and Chief Investment Officer |
6 |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-200072) on Form S-1 of Unique Fabricating, Inc. of our report dated May 4, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. which appears in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
Southfield, Michigan
June 22, 2015
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-200072) on Form S-1 of Unique Fabricating, Inc. of our report dated August 13, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Chardan Corp. which is contained in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC | |
Auburn Hills, Michigan
June 22, 2015 |